OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALL
OOppeerraattiioonn
MMaaiinntteennaannccee
SSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of pub-
lication. However, Genesis Branded Vehicle reserves the right to
make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Genesis Branded Vehicle models and
includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as stan-
dard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.
F2
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle should not be mod-
ified in any way.Such modifications may adversely
affect the performance, safety or durability of your
Genesis Branded Vehicle and may, in addition, vio-
late conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by the U.S.
Department of Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injec-
tion and other electronic components.It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you
carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instruc-
tions or consult your authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for precautionary measures or
special instructions if you choose to install one of
these devices.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
This manual includes information titled as DAN-
GER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
WARNING
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
DANGER
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
CAUTION
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not
avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
NOTICE
WARNING
F3
Your Genesis Branded vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collect-
ed,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Genesis Branded Vehicle has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy
Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the GenesisMotorsUSA.com website at: http://www.gene-
sismotorsusa.com/privacy-policy.html
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Genesis
Customer Care at:
Genesis Customer Care
PO BOX 20650
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
844-340-9741
Genesis Customer Care representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM
and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Genesis Customer Care assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through
Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
GENESIS BRANDED VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
F4
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing the Genesis Branded Vehicle.We are pleased to welcome you to the grow-
ing number of distinguished people who drive the Genesis Branded Vehicle.We are very proud of the advanced engi-
neering and high-quality construction of each Genesis Branded Vehicle we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Genesis Branded Vehicle.To become
familiar with your new Genesis Branded Vehicle, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before
driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle’s con-
trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recom-
mended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts. Retailers of Genesis Branded products are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other
assistance that may be required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you
can refer to it at any time.The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with impor-
tant operating, safety and maintenance information.
GENESIS CUSTOMER CARE
Copyright 2018 Genesis Customer Care. All rights reserved.No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Genesis
Customer Care.
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet Genesis Branded Vehicle specifications.You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants
that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
CAUTION
F5
1.What are Genesis/Hyundai
Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, per-
formance, and reliability to our
customers.
2.Why should you use Genesis/
Hyundai Parts?
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are engi-
neered and built to meet rigid man-
ufacturing requirements. Damage
caused by using imitation, counter-
feit or used salvage parts is not
covered under the Genesis
Branded New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other Genesis
Branded Vehicle warranty.
In addition, any damage to or fail-
ure of Genesis/Hyundai Part
caused by the installation or fail-
ure of an imitation, counterfeit or
used salvage part is not covered
by any Genesis Branded Vehicle
Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are pur-
chasing Genesis/Hyundai
Parts?
Look for the Genesis/Hyundai
Parts Logo on the package.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts exported
to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
Genesis/Hyundai Parts are only
sold through an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products..
GUIDE TO GENESIS/HYUNDAI PARTS
■ Type A
ODH027037
■ Type B
ODH027036
■ Type A
ODH027034
■ Type B
ODH027035
■ Type A
ODH027033
■ Type B
ODH027032
F6
Introduction
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can
assist you in many ways. To gain an
overview of the contents of your
Owner's Manual, use the Table of
Contents in the front of the manual.
The first page of each Chapter
includes a detailed Table of Contents
of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about
your vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual.It is an alphabet-
ical list of what is in this manual and
the page number where it can be
found.
For your convenience, we have
incorporated tabs on the right-hand
page edges. These tabs are coded
with the Chapter titles to assist you
with navigating through the manual.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. This Owner's
Manual provides you with many safe-
ty precautions and operating proce-
dures. This information alerts you to
potential hazards that may hurt you
or others, as well as damage to your
vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
these hazards and what to do to
avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained
in this manual are for your safety.
Failure to follow safety warnings and
instructions can lead to serious injury
or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and
the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will
be used.
This is the safety alert sym-
bol. It is used to alert you to
potential physical injury haz-
ards. Obey all safety mes-
sages that follow this symbol
to avoid possible injury or
death. The safety alert sym-
bol precedes the signal words
DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION.
HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious
injury.
DANGER
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS
F7
Introduction
FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result
in vehicle damage.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
mize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
For the optimal vehicle performance,
we recommend you use unleaded
gasoline which has an octane number
((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane
Number 95) or higher.
Using unleaded gasoline that is
lower than octane number
((R+M)/2) of 91 (Research Octane
Number 95) could result in loss of
engine power and increase fuel
consumption.
To prevent damage to the engine
and engine components, never
add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
additional information.
Gasoline containing alcohol or
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alco-
hol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded gaso-
line. For example, "E15" is a gasohol
comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%
gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and dam-
age to the fuel system, engine control
system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moder-
ate injury.
CAUTION
• Do not "top off" after the noz-
zle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
WARNING
F8
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-
prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufac-
tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compati-
ble with your vehicle. Use of "E85"
may result in poor engine perform-
ance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
customers do not use fuel with an
ethanol content exceeding 15 per-
cent.
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which con-
tains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited
Warranty does not cover damage
to the fuel system or any perform-
ance problems caused by the use
of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except
Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor
acceleration, engine stalling, dam-
age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor-
rosion, and may cause damage to
the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
Damage to the fuel system or per-
formance problem caused by the
use of these fuels or fuel additives
may not be covered by your New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as
MMT (
Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl
)
.
Genesis Branded Vehicle does not
recommend the use of gasoline con-
taining MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emis-
sion control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
Genesis Branded Vehicle recom-
mends that you use good quality
gasolines treated with detergent addi-
tives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit
formation in the engine. These gaso-
lines will help the engine run cleaner
and enhance performance of the
Emission Control System. For more
information on TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, please go to the website
(www.toptiergas.com).
NOTICE
NOTICE
F9
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, deter-
gent-based fuel additives that you
can purchase separately may be
added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline is not available,
one bottle of additive added to the
fuel tank according to the mainte-
nance schedule is recommended
(refer to the Maintenance Schedule
in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products along with infor-
mation on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
• This vehicle should not be modi-
fied. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emis-
sions regulations.
In addition, damage or perform-
ance problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered
under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire.For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, econo-
my and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow.Varying engine speed is need-
ed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Do not use Launch Control (if
equipped) during the break-in
process.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINN PPRROOCCEESSSS
VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS
F10
Introduction
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety sys-
tems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.
These data can help provide a bet-
ter understanding of the circum-
stances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of per-
sonally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investiga-
tion.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE DDAATTAA CCOOLLLLEECCTTIIOONN AANNDD EEVVEENNTT DDAATTAA RREECCOORRDDEERRSS
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Items contained in motor vehi-
cles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materi-
als
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, termi-
nals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
WARNING
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I
Your Vehicle at a Glance
Safety System of Your Vehicle
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle
Multimedia System
Driving Your Vehicle
What to Do in an Emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
Index
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview..................................................1-2
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview (I) .............................1-5
Instrument Panel Overview (II) ............................1-6
Engine Compartment .............................................1-7
1
1-2
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Hood......................................................3-39
2. Front lamps ..........................................7-57
3.Tires and wheels ..................................7-33
4. Side repeater lamp................................7-61
5. Sunroof..................................................3-35
6.Wiper blade ..........................................7-27
7.Windows................................................3-31
8. Parking Distance Warning system
(Reverse/Forward) ..............................3-110
OIK017001N
■■
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
1
9. Door lock ................................................3-9
10. Fuel filler door ....................................3-45
11. Rear combination lamp ......................7-61
12.Trunk ..................................................3-40
13. High mounted stop lamp ....................7-63
14. Defroster ..........................................3-134
15. Parking Distance Warning system
(Reverse) ..........................................3-107
16. Antenna ................................................4-2
17. Rear view monitor ............................3-113
OIK017002
■■
Rear view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-4
Your vehicle at a glance
IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW
1. Inside door handle ................................3-10
2. Driver position memory system ............3-15
3. Side view mirror folding switch ............3-29
4. Side view mirror control switch..............3-28
5. Central door lock/unlock switch ............3-11
6. Power window lock switch......................3-34
7. Power window switches ........................3-31
8. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ....................................................3-49
9. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ......5-86
10. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system ................................................5-64
11. Fuel filler door opener button ..............3-45
12.Trunk release button ..........................3-40
13. Hood release lever ..............................3-39
14. Steering wheel tilt/telescope ..............3-18
15. Steering wheel ....................................3-18
16. Seat........................................................2-3
17. Fuse panel ..........................................7-49
OIK017003N
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
1
1. Instrument cluster ..............................3-48
2. Driver's front air bag ..........................2-46
3. Engine start/stop button........................5-6
4
. Hazard warning flasher button ................6-2
5. Audio system/
Navigation system ................................4-4
6. Automatic climate control system ....3-118
7. Heated steering wheel........................3-20
8. Seat warmer ......................................2-17
9. Air ventilation seat ..............................2-19
10. Passenger's front air bag..................2-46
11. Glove box........................................3-136
12. Automatic transmission ....................5-12
13. Drive mode integrated control ..........5-59
14. ISG (Idle Stop and Go) ....................5-54
15. ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
OFF button........................................5-38
16. Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) ON button ........3-110
17. Auto Hold..........................................5-33
18. Surround view monitoring system ..3-115
19. EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) ......5-28
20. Power outlet ..................................3-140
21. Aux, USB and iPod
®
..........................4-2
22.Wireless cellular phone
charging system..............................3-141
OIK017004N
1-6
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Light control/Turn signals lever ......3-92
2.Wiper and washer control lever ..3-105
3. Audio remote control ........................4-3
4. Bluetooth
®
wireless technology
hands-free ........................................4-4
5. LCD display control ........................3-73
6. Cruise controls/ ..............................5-99
Smart cruise controls....................5-104
7. Smart cruise control vehicle-to-vehicle
distance ........................................5-110
8. Paddle shifter..................................5-17
OIK017005L
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-7
Your vehicle at a glance
1
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
1. Engine coolant reservoir...................7-19
2. Radiator cap .....................................7-21
3. Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir...............7-23
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-25
5. Engine oil dipstick.............................7-17
6. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-17
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir.....7-24
8. Fuse box...........................................7-50
❈ The battery is in the trunk.
OIK077001/OIK017007
■■
Theta 2.0 T-GDI
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
■■
Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
Safety system of your vehicle
Important safety precautions...............................2-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Restrain All Children.........................................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2
Seats ........................................................................2-3
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4
Front Seats .........................................................................2-5
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-10
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-13
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-17
Seat belts ..............................................................2-20
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-20
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-21
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-22
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-29
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-32
Child restraint system (CRS) ..............................2-33
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-33
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-34
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-36
Air bag
- Advanced supplemental restraint system.....2-44
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-46
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-49
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-54
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-55
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-60
SRS Care............................................................................2-65
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-66
Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-66
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
2-2
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this man-
ual.The safety precautions in this sec-
tion are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air bags,
ALWAYS make sure you and your
passengers wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat.Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained.Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are
at the greatest risk of being injured by
an inflating air bag. Follow all instruc-
tions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, espe-
cially for inexperienced drivers. Safety
should be the first concern when
behind the wheel and drivers need to
be aware of the wide array of potential
distractions, such as drowsiness,
reaching for objects, eating, personal
grooming, other passengers, and
using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving.To
reduce your risk of distraction or get-
ting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-
tion units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or
email while driving. Most states have
laws prohibiting drivers from texting.
Some states and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.You
have a responsibility to your passen-
gers and others on the road to
always drive safely, with your hands
on the wheel as well as your eyes
and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also occur
at lower speeds.Never drive faster than
is safe for current conditions, regard-
less of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous.To
reduce the possibility of such prob-
lems, check your tire pressures and
condition frequently, and perform all
regularly scheduled maintenance.
IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS
Safety system of your vehicle
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
2
SSEEAATTSS
OIK037001N
Front seats
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward
(2) Seat tilt/height adjustment
(3) Seat cushion length adjustment*
(4) Seatback angle adjustment
(5) Lumbar support adjustment*
(6) Seat bolster adjustment*
(7) Head restraint
(8) Seat warmer*
(9) Air ventilation seat*
(10) Front passenger seat adjustment*
Rear seats
(11) Seat warmer*
(12) Armrest
(13) Head restraint
* : if equipped
2-4
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-
ting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Adults and children who
have outgrown a booster seat must be
restrained using the seat belts.
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and the passenger. The passen-
ger's hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate properly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following pre-
cautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far to
the rear as possible while main-
taining the ability to maintain
full control of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat
as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to mini-
mize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or any-
one between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the risk
of leg injuries.
WARNING
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Front Seats
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small
infants to ride on a passen-
ger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck,across sharp
edges, or reroute the shoulder
strap away from your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is mov-
ing. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to inter-
fere with the normal position
and proper locking of the seat-
back.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
WARNING
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion for-
ward may cause strong pres-
sure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
CAUTION
• Use extreme caution when
picking up small objects
trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the cen-
ter console.Your hands might
be cut or injured by the sharp
edges of the seat mechanism.
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
Power adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has moved as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats for
longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time.This may
result in an electrical malfunc-
tion.
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
NOTICE
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
vehicle is turned off.
WARNING
OIK037002
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seatback angle
To adjust the seatback:
1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
gerous. Even when buckled up, the
protection of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you.During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
NEVER ride with a reclined seat-
back when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
WARNING
OIK037004
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part
of the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Cushion extension
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion for-
ward:
1.Push the front part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
To move the front part of cushion
rearward:
1.Push the rear part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
OIK037005
OIK037006
OIK037003
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat back bolster adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
1.Turn the adjustment switch clock-
wise, the right and left seatback
bolsters will be adjusted inward.
Turn the switch counterclockwise,
the seatback bolster will be adjust-
ed outward.
2.To adjust the bolster height to its
maximum in the default state,
operate the switch for approxi-
mately 8 seconds. After that,
release the switch because there
is no change in height even if you
continue to operate the switch.
3. Once adjustment is done, release
the switch.
Front passenger seat control
(if equipped)
The rear seat passenger may use
the switches to control the front pas-
senger seat.
• Sliding forward or rearward:
To move the front passenger seat
forward, press the switch (1). To
move the front passenger seat
rearward, press the switch (2).
• Angle adjustment:
To recline the front passenger seat
forward, press the switch (3).
To recline the front passenger seat
rearward, press the switch (4).
Seatback pocket
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the driver's and front pas-
senger's seatback.
To prevent the Occupant
Classification System from mal-
functioning:
Do not hang onto the driver's
and front passenger's seatback.
WARNING
OIK037020
OIK037065 OIK037021
2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to
the lowest position by pushing and
holding the release button (1) and
pushing down on the headrest (2).
• Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is
moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat
belts are available for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide for-
ward and cause injury or dam-
age during sudden stops.
WARNING
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
CAUTION
OIK037025
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
2
3. Move the seatbelt toward the out-
board position before folding down
the seatback to avoid the seatbelt
system interfering with the seat-
back.
4. Pull up the seatback folding lever
(1), then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold
the seatback to the upright posi-
tion. Push the seatback firmly until
it clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
OIK037069 OIK037026 OIK037027L
2-12
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
vehicle occupants in a collision
causing serious injury or death.
WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
vehicle is shifted to P (Park), and
the parking brake is securely
applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take
these steps may allow the vehi-
cle to move if the shift lever is
inadvertently moved to another
position.
WARNING
When returning the rear seat-
back from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seat-
back. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move for-
ward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING
• Be careful when loading
cargo through the rear pas-
senger seats to prevent dam-
age to the vehicle interior.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the pas-
senger compartment can
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to it's occupants.
CAUTION
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Armrest
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat. Use the strap in the
center of the armrest to pull it down.
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly
they are designed to help protect
passengers from whiplash and other
neck and spinal injuries during an
accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
OIK037023L
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident,
take the following precautions
when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passen-
gers BEFORE starting the
vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a
seat with the head restraints
removed or reversed.
•
Adjust the head restraints so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head
restraint position of the dri-
ver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after adjust-
ing it.
WARNING
OLF034072N
2-14
Safety system of your vehicle
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
Front seat head restraints
The vehicle's front and passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
head restraints for the passengers
safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
NOTICE
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the headrest to the lowest
position.The rear seat headrest
can reduce the visibility of the
rear area.
CAUTION
ODH033105L
OIK037008
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
2
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the head restraint
and seat cushion raised, the head
restraint may come in contact with
the sunvisor or other parts of the
vehicle.
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle switch
(1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it
can go.
3. Press the head restraint release
button (3) while pulling the head
restraint up (4).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the
release button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward
using the seatback angle switch
(3).
NOTICE
OLF034015
OIK037009 OIK037010
2-16
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat head restraints
The rear seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating
positions for the passenger's safety
and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head
restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the
release button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
ODH034111
OIK037022 OIK037022N
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat Warmers and Air
Ventilation Seats
Seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer.
NOTICE
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
temperatures and especially if
used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
so they can turn it off, if needed.
WARNING
People who cannot detect tem-
perature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme cau-
tion, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in oper-
ation, such as a blanket or seat
cushion. This may cause the
seat warmer to overheat, caus-
ing a burn or damage to the seat.
WARNING
2-18
Safety system of your vehicle
While the engine is running, push
either of the switches to warm the dri-
ver's seat or front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
• Manual temperature control
Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
• Automatic temperature control
The seat warmer starts to auto-
matically control the seat tempera-
ture in order to prevent low-tem-
perature burns after being manual-
ly turned ON.
If HIGH temperature is manually
selected again, the temperature
will be controlled automatically.
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• If the vehicle is turned off then on
again, the seat warmer stays OFF
regardless of the previous state of
the seat warmer.
OIK037016
OIK037017
■ Front
■ Rear
OFF HIGH ( )
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
→
→
→
→
OFF HIGH ( )
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
→
→
→
→
30 MIN
60 MIN
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Front air ventilation seat
(if equipped)
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the sur-
face of the seat cushions and seat-
backs.
When the operation of the air ventila-
tion seat is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
• Each time you push the switch, the
airflow changes as follows:
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the air venti-
lation seat operating, the operation
will turn OFF.
• If the vehicle is turned off then on
again, the air ventilation seat stays
OFF regardless of the previous
state of the air ventilation seat.
To prevent damage to the air ven-
tilation seat:
• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation
seat for prolonged periods of
time with the climate control sys-
tem off could cause the air venti-
lation seat to malfunction.
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner,benzene,alcohol or gaso-
line to clean the seats.
• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-
face of the front seats and seat-
backs;this may cause the air vent
holes to become blocked and not
work properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers under
the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no
change, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
OIK037018L
OFF HIGH ( )
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
→
→
→
→
2-20
Safety system of your vehicle
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things to avoid when
using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fas-
tened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an addi-
tional safety device, but they are not a
substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehi-
cle is moving.Take the following
precautions when adjusting and
wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
WARNING
• NEVER allow children to ride
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must be
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possi-
ble and properly restrain them
in the seat.
• NEVER allow an infant or child
to be carried on an occupant’s
lap.
• NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
• Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
• Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back.
• Always wear both the shoul-
der portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
• Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is dam-
aged.
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position regardless of
belt fastening. At this time, if the seat
belt is not fastened a warning chime
will sound for 6 seconds.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 sec-
onds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Front passenger's seat belt warning
(if equipped)
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warn-
ing lights will illuminate for approxi-
mately 6 seconds each time the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
or START position regardless of belt
fastening.
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-
aged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
WARNING
OIK067026
2-22
Safety system of your vehicle
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 sec-
onds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Information
• Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink or illuminate for 6
seconds.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning light may not properly
operate if the front passenger does
not sit properly in the seat.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when luggage,
electronic device, etc. are placed on
the front passenger seat.
Seat Belt Restraint System
i
OLMB033025
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident.Take the fol-
lowing precautions when adjust-
ing the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
WARNING
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point sys-
tem with emergency locking
retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
You should place the lap belt (1) por-
tion across your hips and the shoul-
der belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt por-
tion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
OLMB033087
ODH033053
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other over
the belt, as shown in the illus-
tration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
2-24
Safety system of your vehicle
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
three different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder near-
est the door, not over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has
locked into position.
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
NOTICE
OIG036022
ODH033057
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-
point system with convertible
locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help accom-
modate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convert-
ible retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, NEVER
place any infant/child restraint system
in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buck-
le. There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the buckle.
When not securing a child restraint,
the seat belt operates in the same way
as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
Locking Retractor Type). It automati-
cally adjusts to the proper length only
after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installa-
tion of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protec-
tion for seated passengers in
either emergency or automatic
locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated pas-
sengers to move freely in their
seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or
sudden stop, the retractor auto-
matically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic lock-
ing mode, unbuckle the seat belt
and allow the belt to fully retract.
NOTICE
2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
Rear center seat belt
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the "CENTER" mark
must be used.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner
and Emergency Fastening Device
System).The purpose of the pre-ten-
sioner is to make sure the seat belts
fit tightly against the occupant's body
in certain frontal or side collision(s).
The Emergency Fastening Device
System may be activated in certain
crashes where the frontal or side colli-
sion(s) is severe enough, together
with the air bags.
OTL035053
OIK037028L
ODH033057
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
2
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position.In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occu-
pant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device
System
The purpose of the Emergency
Fastening Device System is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal or
side collision(s).
If the system senses excessive ten-
sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioners become hot and
can burn you.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and
sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not pro-
tect you properly in an acci-
dent.
• Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely
affect the buckle and cause it
to function improperly.
• Always replace your pre-ten-
sioners after activation or an
accident.
• NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Do not hit the seat belt assem-
blies.
WARNING
2-28
Safety system of your vehicle
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following com-
ponents.Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4.Emergency Fastening Device
System
The sensor that activates the SRS
air bag is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts.The SRS
air bag warning light on the instru-
ment panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position, and then it should
turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illu-
minate even if the SRS air bag is
not malfunctioning. If the warning
light does not illuminate, stays
illuminated or illuminates when
the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products inspect the pre-
tensioner seat belts and SRS air
bags as soon as possible.
• Both the driver's and front pas-
senger's pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in certain
frontal or side collisions or
rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat
belts are activated, a loud noise
may be heard and fine dust,
which may appear to be smoke,
may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation
and should not be inhaled for
prolonged periods. Wash all
exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
NOTICENOTICE
OLMB033040/Q
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, rout-
ed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt line
so that it fits snugly and as low as pos-
sible across the hips, not across the
abdomen.
• A pregnant woman or a
patient is more vulnerable to
any imapcts on the abdomen
during an abrupt stop or acci-
dent. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recom-
mend you consult your doc-
tor.
• To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident,
pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion
of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen
where the unborn child is
located.
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt while
sitting properly in an upright
position to maximize the
effectiveness of the pre-ten-
sioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt sys-
tem is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pre-
tensioner seat belt system, if it
was activated in an accident.
WARNING
2-30
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when prop-
erly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certify-
ing that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.
The restraint must be appropriate for
your child’s height and weight. Check
the label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to the "Child
Restraint Systems" section in this
chapter.
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the
child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold a
child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving.The violent
forces created during an acci-
dent will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the interior of the vehicle.
WARNING
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoul-
der and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically.
Children are afforded the most safe-
ty in the event of an accident when
they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in
the rear seat. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an accident.
An accident can damage the LATCH
system and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rear-
most position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific rec-
ommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protec-
tions of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly reduced
by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
the maximum effectiveness of the
restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving.
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
WARNING
2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front or rear
seats are in a reclined position.
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addi-
tion, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an acci-
dent. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional ques-
tions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of seri-
ous or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
WARNING
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Children Always in the Rear
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to min-
imize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, chil-
dren are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices.The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be prop-
erly placed and installed in the rear
seat. You must use a commercially
available child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH sys-
tem in the rear seats of the vehicle.
CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS))
Always properly restrain chil-
dren in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front pas-
senger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
WARNING
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-fac-
ing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight.The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this infor-
mation.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warn-
ings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufactur-
er's instructions for installa-
tion and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating posi-
tion shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and
lower anchors.
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
WARNING
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child.The har-
ness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant child
restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typ-
ically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rear-
facing for a longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufactur-
er. It's the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
OIK037029
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passen-
ger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
WARNING
2-36
Safety system of your vehicle
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forward-
facing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is
ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snug-
ly across the upper thighs, not the
stomach.The shoulder belt should lie
snug across the shoulder and chest
and not across the neck or face.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions provided by the manu-
facturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instruc-
tions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
seat system manual, the head-
rest of the respective seating
position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
WARNING
OIK037030
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
2
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manu-
facturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system. If using the
lap/shoulder belt for your child
restraint, the convertible locking
retractor should be pulled all the
way out to engage the "automatic
locking" mode. (See page 2-41.)
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-to-
side movement can be expected.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufac-
turer instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci-
dent. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attach-
ments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will pro-
vide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot.To
prevent burns, check the seat-
ing surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
CAUTION
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration.There are no
LATCH anchors provided for the cen-
ter rear seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the
upper portion of the lower anchor
cover.
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seat-
ing position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
WARNING
ODH033067
OIK037033
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
Lower Anchor
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehi-
cle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to determine an appropriate
child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint
weight < 65 lb (30kg)
NOTICE
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH sys-
tem inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
WARNING
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufactur-
er recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the package tray.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the child restraint seatback.
Route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the
head restraint posts, or route the
tether strap over the top of the vehi-
cle seatback.Make sure the strap is
not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the teth-
er strap according to the child seat
manufacturer’s instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat for-
ward-and-back and side-to-side.
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single teth-
er anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the cor-
rect tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harness-
es, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
WARNING
OIK037032
OIK037031N
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Securing a child restraint with
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer-
gency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from caus-
ing the seat belt to loosen and com-
promise the child restraint system.To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/
shoulder belt around or through
the child restraint, following the
restraint manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
When using the rear center seat
belt, you should also refer to the
"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3-
point system" section in this
chapter.
NOTICE
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
WARNING
OLMB033044
2-42
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct "click" sound.
Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out.When the shoul-
der portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "Automatic Locking" (child
restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
i
OLMB033045
OLMB033097 OLMB033098
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
2
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place.If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
NOTICE
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops sud-
denly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
WARNING
2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
AAIIRR BBAAGG -- AADDVVAANNCCEEDD SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
OIK037034N
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver's knee air bag
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
2
This vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag
System for the driver's seat and front
passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat
belts. For these air bags to provide
protection, the seat belts must be
worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed
in an accident if you are not wearing
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to
supplement seat belts, but do not
replace them. Also, air bags are not
designed to deploy in every collision.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
the only restraint protecting you.
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-
tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-
fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,
the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant
causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
WARNING
2-46
Safety system of your vehicle
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front
air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts
at both the driver and passenger
seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which
are located in the center of the steer-
ing wheel, in the driver's side lower
crash pad below the steering wheel
column and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the let-
ters "AIR BAG" embossed on the
pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passen-
gers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone. The advanced SRS offers the
ability to control the air bag inflation
within two levels.A first stage level is
provided for moderate-severity
impacts. A second stage level is pro-
vided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, the
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) con-
trols the air bag inflation. Failure to
properly wear seat belts can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an acci-
dent.
OIK037035
OIK037036
OIK037037
■ Driver's knee air bag
■ Driver's front air bag ■ Passenger's front air bag
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Side air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The pur-
pose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and the front passen-
ger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near
the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass,and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
WARNING
OIK037041
OIK037074N
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
WARNING
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bags
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
• Hold the steering wheel at the
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions, to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and
arms.
• Do not use any accessory
seat covers.This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
• Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
• Do not install any accessories
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position as this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
OIK037043
OIK037073N
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
2
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
How Does the Air Bag System
Operate?
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1.Driver's front air bag module/
Driver's knee airbag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bag, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly secure child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
• Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
• Do not hang other objects
except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
• Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors,stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
• Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
WARNING
OIK037077N
2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
9. Side impact sensors
10. Side pressure sensors
11. Emergency Fastening Device
System
12. Occupant classification system
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position to determine if
a crash impact is severe enough to
require air bag deployment or pre-ten-
sioner seat belt deployment.
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag elec-
trical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
malfunction with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover pro-
tection.
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
bag may not inflate properly dur-
ing an accident increasing the
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following condi-
tions occur, your SRS is mal-
functioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START
position.
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products
inspect the SRS as soon as pos-
sible if any of these conditions
occur.
WARNING
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
2
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If
the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot pro-
vide adequate restraint. When need-
ed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side
impact or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON or START position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of cer-
tain frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles
or objects which your vehicle
impacts during a collision. The
determining factors are not limited
to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an acci-
dent. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage com-
partments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in certain
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide pro-
tection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly.The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
cially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
2-52
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflat-
ing air bag.The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
space to inflate. NHTSA recom-
mends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
When the SRSCM detects a suffi-
ciently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
OHM039102N
■ Driver's front air bag (1)
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following pre-
cautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain chil-
dren under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger's
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allow-
ing you to maintain full con-
trol of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or any-
one between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passen-
ger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
WARNING
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passen-
ger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibili-
ty and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
OHM039103N
■ Driver's front air bag (2)
OHM039104N
■ Driver's front air bag (3)
OLMB033057
■ Passenger's front air bag
To prevent objects from becom-
ing dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the pas-
senger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
WARNING
2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
What to Expect After an Air
Bag Inflates
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and may produce
smoke and powder in the air inside of
the vehicle. This is normal and is a
result of the ignition of the air bag
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deploy-
ment, seek medical attention imme-
diately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
• Always wash exposed skin
areas thoroughly with cold
and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products replace the air bag
immediately after deployment.
Air bags are designed to be
used only once.
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors
as soon as possible after
impact to reduce prolonged
exposure to the smoke and
powder released by the inflat-
ing air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag stor-
age area's internal compo-
nents immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
WARNING
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
overhead console which illumi-
nates the words "PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF" indicating the front
passenger air bag system is deac-
tivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indi-
cator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the
risk of injury or death from an inflat-
ing air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automati-
cally turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on
the seat, the occupant classification
sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occu-
pants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For small adults it may be turned
OFF, however, if the occupant does
not sit in the seat properly (for exam-
ple, by not sitting upright, by sitting
on the edge of the seat, or by other-
wise being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator on the overhead
console. This system detects the
conditions 1-4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
OIK037040N
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehi-
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system.
These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the
front of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard
or resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion
on the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the
seat with inverter charging.
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF"
indicator light
SRS
warning light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *
1
Off Off Activated
2. Infant *
2
or child restraint
system with 12 months old *
3
*
4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
*
1
The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
and posture.
*
2
Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has out-
grown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*
3
Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*
4
The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat.This is
a normal condition.
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS.To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
WARNING
OVQ036013NB
OLMB033100
OLMB033101
OLMB033103
OLMB033102
OLMB033104
• NEVER put a heavy load in
the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items
on the front passenger
seat.
• NEVER place your feet on
the front passenger seat-
back.
• NEVER sit with your hips
shifted towards the front
of the seat.
• NEVER ride with the seat-
back reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
• NEVER place your feet or
legs on the dashboard.
• NEVER lean on the door or
center console or sit on
one side of the front pas-
senger seat.
2-58
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH035900K
ODH035901K
ODH035902K
ODH035903K
• Do not sit on the passen-
ger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as
ski wear and hip protector.
• Do not use car seat
accessories such as thick
blankets and cushions
which cover up the car
seat surface.
• Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
• Do not use electronic
devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which
use inverter chargers.
• If large quantity of liquid
has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air
bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely
dried before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat.These may damage the occupant detection sys-
tem, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been devel-
oped based on using original Genesis Branded products car seats only. Altering or changing the
authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of
the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an
injury in an accident.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seat-
ed in the front passenger seat, place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position and ask the passenger
to sit properly (sitting upright with the
seat back in an upright position, cen-
tered on the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the per-
son remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is still on, ask the passen-
ger to move to the rear seat.
Information
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator illuminates for approximate-
ly 4 seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
or after the engine is started. If the
front passenger seat is occupied, the
OCS will then classify the front pas-
senger after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully
strike a child or child restraint result-
ing in serious or fatal injury.
i
B990A01O
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator is illuminat-
ed. During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passen-
ger reposition himself in the
seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator remains illu-
minated after the passenger
repositions himself properly and
the vehicle is restarted, have the
passenger move to the rear seat
because the air bag will not
inflate.
WARNING
1JBH3051
2-60
Safety system of your vehicle
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain
types of accidents in which the air bag
would not be expected to provide
additional protection. These include
rear impacts, second or third colli-
sions in multiple impact accidents, as
well as low speed impacts. Damage
to the vehicle indicates a collision
energy absorption, and is not an indi-
cator of whether or not an air bag
should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger's seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain chil-
dren in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
WARNING
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sen-
sors.If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-Genesis/Hyundai part.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deploy-
ment performance.
• Press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed to prevent inad-
vertent air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conduct-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
2
1. SRS control module/
Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensor
4. Side impact sensor (B-pillar)
5. Side impact sensor (C-pillar)
OIK037044N/OIK037045/OIK037046N/OIK037047/OIK037048/OIK037049
2-64
Safety system of your vehicle
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protec-
tion to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision.
ODH033076 OIK037055 OBH038062
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the colli-
sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-
cle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-
free and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illumi-
nate when the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ON position, or continu-
ously remains on, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.Improper handling
of the SRS system may result in seri-
ous personal injury.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the follow-
ing precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS compo-
nents or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifica-
tions to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passen-
ger’s panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the sys-
tem.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
OIK037056
2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or be ejected
from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the sup-
plemental restraint system sensing
components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position
may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modifica-
tion to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the Genesis
Customer Care at 844-340-9741.
Adding equipment to or modify-
ing your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
Air Bag Warning Labels
Air bag warning labels, required by
the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to alert the driver and pas-
sengers of potential risks of the air
bag system.Be sure to read all of the
information about the air bags that
are installed on your vehicle in this
Owners Manual.
• If components of the air bag
system must be discarded, or if
the vehicle must be scrapped,
certain safety precautions
must be observed. Consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for the nec-
essary information. Failure to
follow these precautions could
increase the risk of personal
injury.
OIK037058N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle.........................................3-3
Smart Key............................................................................3-3
Immobilizer System ...........................................................3-8
Door Locks..............................................................3-9
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle......3-9
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-10
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-13
Child-protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-13
Theft-Alarm System............................................3-14
Driver Position Memory System........................3-15
Storing Positions into Memory ..................................3-15
Recalling Positions from Memory...............................3-16
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System...........3-16
Easy Access Function ....................................................3-17
Steering Wheel.....................................................3-18
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-18
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-18
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-20
Horn....................................................................................3-20
Mirrors...................................................................3-21
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-21
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-28
Reverse Parking Aid Function......................................3-30
Windows ................................................................3-31
Power Windows...............................................................3-31
Wide Sunroof........................................................3-35
Sunshade...........................................................................3-36
Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-36
Tilting the Sunroof .........................................................3-37
Closing the Sunroof........................................................3-37
Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-38
Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-38
Exterior Features.................................................3-39
Hood ...................................................................................3-39
Trunk ..................................................................................3-40
Smart Trunk......................................................................3-42
Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-45
Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-48
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-49
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-50
Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................3-53
Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-54
LCD Display Messages...................................................3-66
LCD Display...........................................................3-73
LCD Display Control........................................................3-73
LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-74
Trip Computer .......................................................3-86
Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-90
3
Light .......................................................................3-92
Exterior Lights .................................................................3-92
Welcome System ...........................................................3-100
Interior Lights ................................................................3-101
Wipers and Washers..........................................3-105
Windshield Wipers ........................................................3-105
Windshield Washers .....................................................3-106
Driver Assist System .........................................3-107
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System ........3-107
Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward)
System .............................................................................3-110
Rear View Monitor (Type A) ......................................3-113
Rear View Monitor (Type B) ......................................3-114
Surround View Monitor...............................................3-115
Automatic Climate Control System..................3-118
Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning.................3-120
Manual Heating and Air Conditioning......................3-121
System Operation .........................................................3-127
System Maintenance....................................................3-129
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-131
To Defog Inside Windshield........................................3-131
To Defrost Outside Windshield..................................3-132
Defogging Logic ............................................................3-132
Auto Defogging System ..............................................3-133
Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-134
Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-135
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation...............................3-135
Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-135
Smart Ventilation...........................................................3-135
Storage Compartment .......................................3-136
Center Console Storage ..............................................3-136
Glove Box........................................................................3-136
Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-137
Interior Features................................................3-138
Ashtray ............................................................................3-138
Cup Holder ......................................................................3-138
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-139
Power Outlet ..................................................................3-140
USB Charger...................................................................3-141
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-141
Clock.................................................................................3-143
Coat Hook .......................................................................3-144
Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-144
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-145
3
3-3
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Smart Key
Your Genesis Branded Vehicle uses
a Smart Key, which you can use to
lock or unlock a door (and trunk) and
even start the engine.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3.Trunk Unlock
4. Panic
Locking
To lock :
1. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
2. Either press the door handle but-
ton or press the Door Lock button
(1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once.
Also, the side view mirror will fold,
if 'Convenience ➝ Welcome mir-
ror/light ➝ On door unlock' is
selected from the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
Information
The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the out-
side door handle.
Note that you cannot lock your vehi-
cle using the door handle button if
any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except
for the trunk.
i
AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE
OIK047002
OIK047003
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other con-
trols, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING
3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking
To unlock:
1. Carry the Smart Key.
2. Either press the driver's outside
door handle button or press the
Door Unlock button (2) on the
smart key.
3. The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times. Also, the side view mirror
will unfold, if 'Convenience ➝
Welcome mirror/light ➝ On door
unlock' is selected from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD
display.For more details, refer to
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
If you press the driver's outside
door handle button or Door Unlock
button on the smart key again
within four seconds, then all the
doors will unlock.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver
door only, or unlocking all the doors
with one press may be adjusted in
the User Settings menu in the cluster
LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only, and twice for unlock-
ing all the doors.
Select or deselect the Two Press
Unlock feature in the User Settings
mode on the cluster LCD display.The
option can be found under the follow-
ing menu:
‘User Settings ➝ Door ➝ Two Press
Unlock’
The Two Press Unlock feature can
also be enabled or disabled by
pressing the door lock and unlock
buttons simultaneously on the smart
key:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard
warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two
Press Unlock feature. Repeat this
procedure to enable / disable the
mode again.
Information
• The door handle buttons will only
operate when the smart key is within
28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the out-
side door handle.
• Either the driver or front passenger
door can be opened with the door
handle button when the smart key is
within this range.
• If you press the front passenger out-
side door handle with the smart key
in your possession, all the doors will
unlock.
• After unlocking the doors, the doors
will lock automatically after 30 sec-
onds unless a door is opened.
i
OIK047002
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Trunk opening
To open:
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Either press the trunk handle but-
ton or press and hold the Trunk
Unlock button (3) on the smart key
for more than one second.
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink two times.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will lock automati-
cally.
Information
The trunk handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28 inches (0.7 m) from the trunk han-
dle.
Panic button
Press the Panic button (4) and hold
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds.To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key.
For more details, refer to the
Engine Start/Stop button in chap-
ter 5.
To prevent damaging the smart
key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry
place to avoid damage or mal-
function. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart
key to malfunction which may
not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
Mechanical key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
door by using the mechanical key.
Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
Insert the mechanical key into the
key hole on the door.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
NOTICE
i
OIK047005
3-6
Convenient features of your vehicle
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
you should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining keys to an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or tow the vehicle,
if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans-
mitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work cor-
rectly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as a pants or
jacket pocket in order to avoid inter-
ference between the two devices.
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
• Do not leave the smart key near
metallic objects such as golf
bags, metal cases, etc.
• When the smart key is placed
near metallic objects, door
lock/unlock failure or poor vehi-
cle starting may occur.
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehi-
cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-
charged.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Restrictions in handling keys
When leaving keys with parking lot
and valet attendants, the following
procedures will ensure your vehicle’s
glove box compartment can only be
opened with the mechanical key.
To lock:
1. Remove the mechanical key from
the Smart Key.
2.Lock the glove box using the
mechanical key.
3.Leave the smart key with the
attendant and keep the mechani-
cal key with you.
The Smart Key can only be used to
start the engine and operate door
locks.
To unlock:
Open the glove box with the mechan-
ical key.
Battery replacement
If the Smart Key is not working prop-
erly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the bat-
tery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
key.
OIK047061L
OIK047004
3-8
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not work-
ing correctly, contact an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regula-
tions.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an improp-
erly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is dis-
abled.
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the immobilizer
system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator
starts to blink, the system does not
recognize the coding of the Smart
Key.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position, then press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle
may not recognize your smart key if
another smart key device is nearby
or a metal object such as a key chain
is causing interference with the
smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the smart key
before attempting to start the vehicle
again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, con-
tact an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, how-
ever you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer sys-
tem malfunction could occur.
NOTICE
i
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
WARNING
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS
3
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
To remove the cover:
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lock located at the bot-
tom of the cover with a key or flat-
head screwdriver (1).
3. Push out the cover (2) while press-
ing the lock.
Be careful not to damage the
cover while removing it or mis-
place it after removing it.
After removing the cover, turn the
key toward the rear of the vehicle to
unlock and toward the front of the
vehicle to lock (3).
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, the driver’s door will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, the driver's
door will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
NOTICE
i
OIK047006
3-10
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart key
To lock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the
door lock button (1) a on the smart key.
Press the button on the driver's out-
side door handle while carrying the
smart key with you or press the
unlock button (2) on the smart key, the
driver's door will unlock. If you press
the button on the front passenger's
outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-
ple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operat-
ing temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock" posi-
tion. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door han-
dle (3) outward.
i
OIK047002
■ Type A
OIK047414N
■ Type B
OIK047007
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• If the inner door handle of either
the driver door or passenger door
is pulled when the door lock button
is in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and the door will open.
• The doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is inside the vehicle and
any of the doors are open.
Information
If a power door lock ever fails to func-
tion while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following tech-
niques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
Information
When the vehicle’s battery run out
and you leave the vehicle, make sure
all the doors are locked. You can lock
the driver’s door with a key and the
rest of the doors with the lock button
above the door inside handle.
With the central door lock
switch
When pressing the ( ) switch (1), all
vehicle doors will lock.
When pressing the ( ) switch (2), all
vehicle doors will unlock.
If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is opened, the doors will
not lock even though the lock button
(1) of the central door lock switch is
pressed.
i
i
■ Driver’s door ■ Passenger’s door
OIK047415N/OIK047416N
3-12
Convenient features of your vehicle
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause dam-
age or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake pedal, shift
the vehicle to P (Park, for auto-
matic transmission) or neutral
(for manual transmission), apply
the parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF position, close all windows,
lock all doors, and always take
the Smart Key with you.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a
long time while the weather is
very hot or cold, there are risks
of injuries or danger to life. Do
not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the
vehicle.
WARNING
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked,the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle
in a crash is increased.
• Do not pull the inner door
handle of the driver's or pas-
senger's door while the vehi-
cle is moving.
WARNING
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Automatic Door Lock and
Unlock Features
Your vehicle is equipped with fea-
tures that will automatically lock or
unlock your vehicle based on set-
tings you select in the LCD cluster
display.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehi-
cle exceeds 9 mph (15 km/h).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
(Automatic transmission vehicle)
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehi-
cle is shifted out of P (Park) while the
engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift
(Automatic transmission vehicle)
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
For more information on these
features, refer to the LCD Display
section later in this chapter.
Additional Unlock Safety
Feature - Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all
doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Child-protector Rear Door Locks
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors.The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door.When the
child safety lock is in the lock (1)
position, the rear door will not open if
the inner door handle (2) is pulled.
OIK047009
3-14
Convenient features of your vehicle
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriv-
er or similar) into the slot and turn it
to the lock position as shown.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
This system helps to protect your
vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occurs:
- A door is opened without using the
smart key.
- The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds
(repeats 2 times unless the system is
disarmed), then the system resets.
To turn off the alarm, unlock the
doors with the smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automati-
cally sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the trunk. For the sys-
tem to activate, you must lock the
doors and the trunk from outside the
vehicle with the smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of
the door handles with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to indi-
cate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the trunk, or the
hood without using the smart key will
cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Information
• Do not lock the doors until all pas-
sengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key and start
the engine.
• When the system is disarmed but a
door or trunk is not opened within
30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
i
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle.The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
WARNING
TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
The Driver Position Memory System
is provided to store and recall the fol-
lowing memory settings with a sim-
ple button operation.
- Driver's seat position
- Side view mirror position
- Steering wheel (electric type) posi-
tion
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position
and brightness (if equipped)
Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the Driver Position Memory
System does not operate normally,
have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
side view mirror position, steering
wheel position, instrument panel
illumination intensity and head-up
display height/brightness to posi-
tions comfortable for the driver.
3. Press the SET button.The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings" on
the cluster LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds.The sys-
tem will beep twice when the mem-
ory has been successfully stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
i
DDRRIIVVEERR PPOOSSIITTIIOONN MMEEMMOORRYY SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK047029
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
WARNING
3-16
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Positions from
Memory
1. Check that the gear is in P (Park)
while the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, and then the driver's seat
position, side view mirror position,
steering wheel position, instru-
ment panel illumination intensity
and head-up display height/bright-
ness will automatically adjust to
the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1(or 2) settings applied"
will appear on the cluster LCD dis-
play.
Information
• While recalling the "1" memory
position, pressing the SET or 1 but-
ton temporarily stops the adjust-
ment of the recalled memory posi-
tion. Pressing the 2 button recalls
the "2" memory position.
• While recalling the "2" memory
position, pressing the SET or 2 but-
ton temporarily stops the adjust-
ment of the recalled memory posi-
tion. Pressing the 1 button recalls
the "1" memory position.
• While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, side view mir-
ror, steering wheel, instrument
panel illumination or head-up dis-
play will cause the movement of that
component to stop and move in the
direction that the control button is
pressed.
Resetting the Driver’s Seat
Memory System
Take the following procedures to reset
the driver's seat memory system,
when it does not operate properly.
To reset the driver's seat memo-
ry system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position, set the
gear in P (Park), and open the dri-
ver's door.
2. Operate the control switch to set
the driver's seat and seatback to
the foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the seat
movement switch over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver's seat
memory system
1. It starts with the notification
sound.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position
with the notification sound.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notifica-
tion sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notifica-
tion sound may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch is operated.
- The gear is shifted out of P (Park).
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph
(3 km/h).
- The driver's door is closed.
i
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• Reattempt to do the resetting
procedure again, when the reset-
ting procedure incompletely
stops or the notification sound
do not stop.
• Make sure that there is no obsta-
cle around the driver's seat in
advance of resetting the driver's
seat memory system.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver's seat
and steering wheel automatically as
follows:
• Exiting the vehicle:
The driver’s seat will move rear-
ward and the steering wheel will
move upward when the driver’s
door is opened and the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF
positon with the gear in P (Park).
However, the driver’s seat may not
move rearward if there is not
enough space between the driver’s
seat and the rear seats.
Also, on a regular basis, the steer-
ing wheel will also move forward to
adjust its location by itself.
• Entering the vehicle:
The driver’s seat and steering
wheel will move back to its original
position when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the OFF position and
the driver’s door is closed with the
smart key in possession or when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
changed to the ACC, ON or START
position from the OFF position.
• When you enter or exit the vehicle,
the seat bolster is automatically
adjusted (if equipped).
- When you enter, the seat bolter is
adjusted to the position set by the
driver.
- When you exit, the seat bolster is
adjusted to the default position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Easy Access Function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis-
play.
- Seat Easy Access:
'
Convenience
→ Seat Easy Access → Off/
Normal/Extended'.
- Steering Easy Access: 'Convenience
→ Steering Easy Access → On/Off'.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
NOTICE
Driver should be cautious when
using this function to assure no
injury to passenger or child on
the back seat. In case of emer-
gency the driver has to stop
movement of front seat (when
easy access feature is activat-
ed) by pressing SET button or
any of the driver seat control
switches.
CAUTION
3-18
Convenient features of your vehicle
SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the engine is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normal-
ly, the warning light ( ) will illu-
minate on the instrument cluster.
You may steer the vehicle, but it
will require increased steering
efforts. Take your vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have the
system checked as soon as possi-
ble.
Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
position.
This happens as the system per-
forms the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics is completed,
the steering wheel effort will return
to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON or
OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at stop or at a low driving
speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal
noise may occur. If temperature
rises, the noise will disappear. This
is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from the
EPS, the steering effort assist func-
tion will not be activated in order to
prevent fatal accidents. Instrument
cluster warning lights may be on or
the steering effort may be high. If
these symptoms occur, drive the
vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is
safe to do so. Have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to
a comfortable position, adjust the
steering wheel so tha it points toward
your chest, not toward your face.
Make sure you can see the instru-
ment panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
steering wheel before driving.
i
NOTICE
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Manual type
To adjust the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance for-
ward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may
not engage completely. This may
occur when the gears of the locking
mechanism do not completely mesh.
If this occurs, pull down on the lock-
release lever, readjust the steering
wheel again, and then pull back up on
the release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Electric type
To adjust the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down
to adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rear-
ward to adjust the height (3).
Do not adjust the steering wheel
longer than necessary when the
engine is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
NOTICE
i
OIK047031
OIK047032
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
3-20
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heated Steering Wheel
(if equipped)
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, press the heat-
ed steering wheel switch to warm the
steering wheel.
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting changes as
follows:
• When the heated steering wheel
switch is pressed to high ( ) :
The heated steering wheel switch
automatically changes to the low
position after 30 minutes. You can
turn off the heated steering wheel
by pressing the switch to the OFF
position.
Do not install any cover or acces-
sory on the steering wheel. This
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OFF
→
HIGH ( )
→
LOW ( )
→
OIK047034
OIK047033
■ Type A
OIK047033N
■ Type B
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
MMIIRRRROORRSS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror
is properly positioned. Adjust the
rearview mirror so that the view
through the rear window is properly
centered.
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as this may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
Some vehicles come equipped with
an electrochromic mirror that helps
control glare while driving at night or
under low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror. The sensor detects the light
level around the vehicle, and auto-
matically adjusts to control the head-
lamp glare from vehicles behind you.
Whenever the shift lever is placed in
R (Reverse), the mirror will automat-
ically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the driver’s view
behind the vehicle.
[A] : Indicator
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
NOTICE
NOTICE
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear head-
rests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
WARNING
OIK047082E
3-22
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electrochromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink
®
system and
Genesis Connected Service
(if equipped)
[A] :Telemetics buttons, [B] : HomeLink buttons,
[C] : HomeLink indicator
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with
an Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System.
During nighttime driving, this feature
will automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare.The HomeLink
®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
(1) HomeLink Channel 1
(2) HomeLink Channel 2
(3) HomeLink Channel 3
(4) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface
Indicator
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS
®
) Mirror
(if equipped)
The NVS
®
Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light lev-
els in the front and the rear of the
vehicle. Any object that obstructs
either light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding
NVS
®
mirrors and other applica-
tions, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehi-
cles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
tion each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink
®
Wireless Control
System can replace up to three hand-
held radio-frequency (RF) transmit-
ters with a single built-in device. This
innovative feature will learn the radio
frequency codes of most current
transmitters to operate devices such
as gate operators, garage door open-
ers, entry door locks, security sys-
tems, even home lighting. Both stan-
dard and rolling code-equipped trans-
mitters can be programmed by fol-
lowing the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink
®
information
can be found at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink
®
programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink
®
buttons be erased for
security purposes.
OIK047082N
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Programming HomeLink
®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new bat-
tery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro-
grammed to HomeLink
®
for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
Engine Start/Stop button to be in
the ACC (or "Accessories") posi-
tion for programming and/or opera-
tion of HomeLink
®
.
• In the event that there are still pro-
gramming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink
®
at:www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGent
ex or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Programming
To program most devices, follow
these instructions:
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
• If the indicator (4) is turned ON
in Orange, go to Step 3) since it
is a new programming.
• If the indicator (4) is continuous-
ly turned ON or flashes in Green
rapidly several times, go to Step
2) since it is a programmed but-
ton.
OIK047418N
Before programming HomeLink
®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink
®
with any garage
door opener that lacks the safe-
ty stop and reverse features
required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any
garage door opener model man-
ufactured before April 1,1982). A
garage door that cannot detect
an object - signaling the door to
stop and reverse - does not meet
current U.S. federal safety stan-
dards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases the risk of serious
injury or death.
WARNING
3-24
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Press and hold the button you
wish to program for approximately
15-25 seconds until the LED flash-
es in Orange for several times.
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener
Original Transmitter (OT) near the
HomeLink Mirror.
4. Press the Original Transmitter
(OT) button until the indicator (4)
is turned continuously ON or
flashes in Green for approximately
10 seconds and it indicates the
programing is completed.
Information
• Some garage door openers require
to press the programmed button on
the mirror up to three times right
after the programming is just com-
pleted to operate the garage door.
• The indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange and flashes for about 60sec-
onds, during the programing mode
and if a programing is not succeed-
ed within the 60 seconds, the pro-
graming mode will be abort.
HomeLink
®
should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
Gate operator & Canadian program-
ming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink
®
Wireless
Control System button while you press
and re-press ("cycle") your handheld
transmitter every two seconds until the
frequency signal has been learned.
The indicator light will flash slowly and
then rapidly after several seconds
upon successful training.
i
OIK047419N
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Operating HomeLink
®
1. Press and release one of the
HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that
programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will
operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continu-
ously ON (Fixed Code Garage
Door Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling
Code Garage Door Opener)
Erasing HomeLink
®
buttons
1. Press and hold the button (1) and
(3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned contin-
uously ON in orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color
changes to Green and flashes
rapidly.
Release the buttons once the
green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and
(4) memories are all cleared.
NVS
®
is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the
Gentex Corporation, Zeeland,
Michigan. HomeLink
®
is a registered
trademark owned by Johnson
Controls, Incorporated, Milwaukee,
Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifi-
cations not expressly approved by
the party responsible for compli-
ance could void the user's authority
to operate the device.
i
OIK047418N OIK047420N
3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete the HomeLink
"Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the pro-
gramming, the following steps
MUST occur to program two way
communication. (only for some
older garage doors)
3. Press and release the programed
HomeLink button to activate the
garage door.
4. Once the garage door is stopped,
press and release the "Learn" or
"Smart" button on the Garage door
opener within 1 minute from the
time of pressing the programed
HomeLink button on mirror.
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are
flashing rapidly for about 5 sec-
onds, the two way synchronization
is completed.
Information
Some newer garage door openers pro-
vide two-way communication syn-
chronizing when programming the
original transmitter (OT).
Operating Two Way Communication
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
i
OIK047422N
OIK047421N
OIK047421N
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates
as below:
- If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continu-
ously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continu-
ously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "Opened".
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that
the last status of garage door
was not received properly. The
HomeLink mirror tries to receive
the last known status of the
garage door for a few seconds.
Recalling Garage Door Status
Homelink mirror with two way com-
munication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the
garage door opener.In order to recall
the last known status of the last acti-
vated device, press the buttons "1
and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) is ON continu-
ously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "closed"
properly.
• If the indicator (6) is ON continu-
ously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "open"
properly.
Information
Two way communication range dis-
tance between "vehicle" and "garage
door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or
increased a little due to obstacle con-
ditions around the garage door open-
er, such as houses or trees.
i
OIK047423N
3-28
Convenient features of your vehicle
Side View Mirrors
Make sure to adjust the side view
mirrors to your desired position
before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors.The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch.The
side view mirrors can be folded to
prevent damage when going through
an automatic car wash or when
passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
Use the inside rear view mirror or
look back directly to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles
prior to changing lanes.
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the sur-
face of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
Adjusting the side view mirrors
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to
select the side view mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
(2) to position the selected mirror
up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, move the lever
(1) to the middle to prevent inad-
vertent adjustment.
NOTICE
OIK047035
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
OIK047036
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjust-
ing angles, but the motor contin-
ues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the
motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirror by hand, because
this can damage the motor.
Folding/Unfolding the side view
mirror
Manual type
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp
the housing of the mirror and then
fold it inwards.
Electric type
The outside rearview mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch.
• If 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/
light → On door unlock' is selected
in the User Settings mode in the
cluster LCD display, the outside mir-
ror will fold or unfold automatically
as follows:
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the button on the outside door
handle.
• If 'Convenience → Welcome mirror/
light → On door unlock' and
'Convenience → Welcome mirror/
light → On driver approach' is
selected in the User Settings mode
in the cluster LCD display, the out-
side mirror will unfold automatically
when you approach the vehicle (all
doors closed and locked) with a
smart key in possession.
The electric type side view mirror
operates even though the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF
position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge,
do not adjust the mirrors longer
than necessary while the engine is
not running.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OIK047037
3-30
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not fold the electric type side
view mirror by hand. It could
cause motor failure.
Reverse Parking Aid Function
(if equipped)
When you move the shift lever to the
R (Reverse) position, the side view
mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid
with driving in reverse. The position
of the side view mirror switch (1)
determines whether or not the mir-
rors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left)
or R (Right) switch is
selected, both side view
mirrors will move.
Neutral :When neither switch is
selected, the side view mir-
rors will not move.
The side view mirrors will automati-
cally revert to their original positions
if any of the following occur:
• The Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to either the OFF position
or the ACC position.
• The shift lever is moved to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control side view mir-
ror switch is not selected.
NOTICE
OIK047030
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) Driver's door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger's door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
Power Windows
The Engine Start/Stop button must
be in the ON position to be able to
raise or lower the windows. Each
door has a Power Window switch to
control that door's window. The driv-
er has a Power Window Lock switch
which can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power win-
dows will operate for approximately
30 seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is placed in the
ACC or OFF position.However, if the
front doors are opened, the Power
Windows cannot be operated even
within the 30 second period.
WWIINNDDOOWWSS
3
OIK047015N
3-32
Convenient features of your vehicle
Information
• In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demon-
strate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower both
front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise with
the sunroof open, slightly close the
sunroof.
Window opening and closing
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the win-
dow switch when you want the win-
dow to stop.
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
dow switch momentarily to the sec-
ond detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
i
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
WARNING
OIK047016
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power win-
dow system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Automatic reverse
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 sec-
onds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse fea-
ture, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to
the second detent.
Information
Do not install any accessories on the
windows. The automatic reverse fea-
ture may not operate.
i
i
OIK047017
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting
the power window system.
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4
mm) in diameter caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automat-
ic reverse window and the win-
dow will not stop and reverse
direction.
WARNING
3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power window lock switch
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passen-
ger doors by pressing the power win-
dow lock switch.The indicator will be
illuminated.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passen-
ger power window
• Note that the front passenger con-
trol is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the
driver master control can still oper-
ate all the power windows.
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done,the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
NOTICE
OIK047018
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK posi-
tion. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional win-
dow operation by a child.
WARNING
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON or START position before
you can open or close the sunroof.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
to the ACC or OFF position.
However, if the front doors are
opened, the sunroof cannot be
adjusted even within the 30 seconds
period.
Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sun-
roof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
• Do not continue to move the sun-
roof control lever after the sun-
roof is fully opened, closed, or
tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or
snow may wet the interior of the
vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof
open when the vehicle is unat-
tended may invite theft.
NOTICE
i
WWIIDDEE SSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK047025
• Never adjust the sunroof or
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Make sure heads, hands, arms
or any other body parts or
objects are out of the way
before operating the sunroof.
• Do not extend your head,arms
or body outside the sunroof
while driving, to avoid serious
injury.
• Do not leave the engine run-
ning and the key in your vehi-
cle with unsupervised children.
WARNING
Unattended children could
operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
• The sunroof is made of glass,
subject to break in case of an
accident. Passengers without
the appropriate protection (e.g.
seat belt, CRS, etc.) on may
project out through the broken
glass and may be seriously
injured or even result in death.
• Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause injury or
vehicle damage.
3-36
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunshade
• To open the sunshade, pull the
sunroof control lever backward to
the first detent position.
• To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed, push the
sunroof control lever forward.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momen-
tarily.
Information
Activating the control lever to the first
detent requires only a very light touch.
Sliding the Sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
backward past the first detent, the
sunshade will slide all the way open
and then the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momen-
tarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
Information
Only the front glass of the sunroof
opens and closes.
i
i
OIK047027LOIK047096N
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Tilting the Sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward towards the roof of the vehicle,
the sunshade will slide open then the
sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt open.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momentarily.
Closing the Sunroof
To close sunroof glass
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the first detent position.
To close sunroof glass with
sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the second detent position.
The sunroof glass will close, then the
sunshade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof control lever
either forward or backward momen-
tarily.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
If the sunroof senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then stop to allow
the object to be cleared.
ODH043039OIK047028 OIK047038
■ Sunroof glass
■ Sunroof glass with sunshade
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In
this case, the sunroof glass will
not detect the object and will
not reverse direction.
WARNING
3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the sunroof
guide rail or between the sun-
roof and roof panel which can
make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, other-
wise the motor could be dam-
aged.In cold and wet climates,the
sunroof may not work properly.
Resetting the Sunroof
The sunroof may need to be reset if
the following conditions occur:
• The battery is discharged or dis-
connected or the sunroof fuse has
been replaced or disconnected
• The sunroof control lever is not
operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the fol-
lowing steps:
1.Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade com-
pletely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward (to close the sun-
shade) for about 10 seconds until
the sunroof moves slightly, then
release the control lever.
4. Push and hold the sunroof control
lever forward until the sunroof
operates as follows:
Sunshade Open → Glass Tilt Open
→ Glass Slide Open → Glass Slide
Close → Sunshade Close
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more information, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may
not work properly.
Sunroof Open Warning
(if equipped)
• If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully
closed, the warning chime will
sound for approximately 3 seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
• If the driver turns off the engine
and opens the door when the sun-
roof is not fully closed, the sunroof
open warning will appear on the
cluster LCD display until the door is
closed or the sunroof is fully
closed.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
i
NOTICE
OIK047118
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Hood
Opening the hood
1. Park the vehicle and set the park-
ing brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
3. Raise the hood slightly, push the
secondary latch up (1) inside of
the hood center and lift the hood
(2). After it has been raised about
halfway, it will raise completely by
itself.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in
and around the engine compart-
ment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
room area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other com-
bustible material is removed from
the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and cor-
rectly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 inches (30 cm)
from the closed position) and push
down to securely lock in place.
Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure.
EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
OIK047020
OIK047021N
3-40
Convenient features of your vehicle
Your vehicle should be kept
locked and keys should be kept
out of the reach of children.
Parents should teach their chil-
dren about the dangers of play-
ing in the trunk.
WARNING
Trunk
To open:
1. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
2. Then do one of the following :
- Press the Smart Key Trunk
Unlock button for more than one
second.
- Press the button on the trunk
itself with the Smart Key in your
possession.
- Use the trunk release button.
3. Lift the trunk lid up.
To close:
Lower the trunk lid and press down
until it locks.
OIK047010
OIK047011
■ Inside
■ Outside
• Before closing the hood,
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around hood
opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light or message dis-
played on the instrument clus-
ter. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss
of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised posi-
tion, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an acci-
dent, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
WARNING
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To prevent damage to the trunk lift
cylinders and the attached hard-
ware, always close the trunk
before driving.
Information
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Emergency trunk safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever located inside the trunk. When
someone is inadvertently locked in
the trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of the
arrow and pushing the trunk open.
i
NOTICE
Always keep the trunk lid com-
pletely closed while the vehicle is
in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases con-
taining carbon monoxide (CO)
may enter the vehicle and seri-
ous illness or death may result.
WARNING
OIK047012L
• You and your passengers
must be aware of the location
of the Emergency Trunk
Safety Release lever in this
vehicle and how to open the
trunk in case you are acciden-
tally locked in the trunk.
• NEVER allow anyone to occu-
py the trunk of the vehicle at
any time. If the trunk is par-
tially or totally latched and the
person is unable to get out,
serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventila-
tion, exhaust fumes and rapid
heat build-up, or because of
exposure to cold weather con-
ditions. The trunk is also a
highly dangerous location in
the event of a crash because it
is not a protected occupant
space but is a part of the vehi-
cle’s crush zone.
WARNING
3-42
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the vehicle battery is dis-
charged or the trunk needs to
be opened manually
1. Fold the rear seats using the seat-
back folding lever (1).
2.Open the trunk using the
Emergency Trunk Safety Release
lever.
Smart Trunk (if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart
key, the trunk can be opened with
no-touch activation using the Smart
Trunk system.
• Your vehicle should be kept
locked and the Smart Key
should be kept out of the reach
of children. Parents should
teach their children about the
dangers of playing in trunks.
• Use the release lever for
emergencies only.
OIK037026
OIK047013L
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
How to use the Smart Trunk
The trunk can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the
conditions below.
• After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked
• Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds
Information
The Smart Trunk does not operate
when:
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and is continuously
detected.
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 inches (1.5
m) from the front door handles. (for
vehicles equipped with Welcome
Light)
• A door is not locked or closed.
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Trunk, go to
User Settings mode and select Smart
Trunk in the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 inches (50 ~100 cm)
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart
key, the hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound for about 3 sec-
onds to alert you the smart key has
been detected and the trunk will open.
Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the trunk to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warn-
ing lights and chime starts to operate,
leave the detecting area with the
smart key. The trunk will stay closed.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and
then the trunk will slowly open.
i
i
• Make sure you close the trunk
before driving your vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the trunk
before opening or closing the
trunk.
• Make sure objects in the trunk
do not come out when open-
ing the trunk on a slope. It
may cause serious injury.
• Make sure to deactivate the
Smart Trunk when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the
trunk may open inadvertently.
•
The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children
may inadvertently open the
Smart Trunk while playing
around the rear area of the
vehicle.
WARNING
3-44
Convenient features of your vehicle
How to deactivate the Smart
Trunk function using the smart
key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3.Trunk open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Trunk function
for emergency situations.
Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Trunk function will
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30 sec-
onds, the smart trunk function will
be activated again.
• If you press the trunk open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the
trunk opens.
• If you press the door lock button (1)
or trunk open button (3) when the
Smart Trunk function is not in the
Detect and Alert stage, the smart
trunk function will not be deactivat-
ed.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Trunk function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the smart trunk function can
be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
• The Smart Trunk operates with a
welcome alert if the smart key is
detected within 20~40 inches
(50~100 cm) from the trunk.
• The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the
detecting area during the Detect
and Alert stage.
i
ODH043025N
OIK047003
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Information
• The Smart Trunk function will not
work if any of the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your vehi-
cle.
• The detecting range may decrease
or increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi-
cle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked on
a slope or unpaved road, etc.
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
The fuel filler door must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pushing
the fuel filler door opener button.
1.Turn the engine off.
2. Push the fuel filler door opener
button.
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward
to access the fuel tank cap.
4.To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pres-
sure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door. Do not
pry on the door. If necessary, spray
around the door with an approved de-
icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-
freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
i
i
OIK047022
OIK047023
3-46
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the fuel filler door
1.To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric cur-
rent and/or electronic interfer-
ence from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refuel-
ing. You can generate a build-
up of static electricity by touch-
ing, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric capable of
producing static electricity.
Static electricity discharge can
ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire. If you must re-enter the
vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially danger-
ous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle,away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel noz-
zle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
tance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
WARNING
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
• When refueling, always shift
the vehicle to P (Park, for
automatic transmission) or
neutral (for manual transmis-
sion), apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Information
Make sure to refuel your
vehicle according to the "Fuel
Requirements" suggested in the
Introduction chapter.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted sur-
faces may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement,use only a Genesis/
Hyundai cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system.
Emergency fuel filler door release
If the fuel filler door does not open
using the remote fuel filler door
release button, you can open it man-
ually. Pull the handle of the release
located on the left side of the lug-
gage compartment outward slightly.
NOTICE
i
OIK047024N
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refu-
eling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately con-
tact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before com-
pletely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to pre-
vent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
3-48
Convenient features of your vehicle
IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR
1.Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5.Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
OIK047100N/OIK047101N
■■
Type B
■■
Type A
The actual cluster in the vehicle may dif-
fer from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges
and Meters" in this chapter.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
When the vehicle's position lights or
headlights are on, press the illumina-
tion control button to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination con-
trol button, the interior switch illumi-
nation intensity is also adjusted.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maxi-
mum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
For information regarding the illu-
mination setting on your audio dis-
play, refer to the "Setup" section of
your Audio or Navigation manual.
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death.
WARNING
OIK047040
OIK047144L
3-50
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
This gauge indicates the tempera-
ture of the engine coolant when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
START position.
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indi-
cates overheating that may dam-
age the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 6.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OIK047102L/OIK047103L
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK047104
OIK047106
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Fuel gauge
This gauge indicates the approxi-
mate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire
damaging the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
i
Never remove the radiator cap or
engine coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain addi-
tional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
WARNING
OIK047107
3-52
Convenient features of your vehicle
Outside temperature gauge
This gauge indicates the current out-
side air temperature by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside tempera-
ture (there may be a slight delay
before the temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit
from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User
Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other
➝ Temperature Unit.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while press-
ing the OFF button on the climate
control unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the
cluster LCD display and climate con-
trol screen will change.
Odometer
The odometer indicates the total dis-
tance that the vehicle has been driv-
en and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
OIK047162N/OIK047139N
■ Type A
■ Type B
OIK047182N/OIK047143N
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Range
• The range is the estimated dis-
tance the vehicle can be driven
with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "---" as range.
Information
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been inter-
rupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is only an
estimate of the available driving
range for the vehicle and driving
conditions.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Manual transmission shift
indicator (if equipped)
This indicator informs which gear is
desired while driving to save fuel.
• Shifting up :
▲
2,
▲
3,
▲
4,
▲
5,
▲
6
• Shifting down :
▼
1,
▼
2,
▼
3,
▼
4,
▼
5
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3
rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 2
nd
or 1
st
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3
rd
gear is desired (currently the
shift lever is in the 4
th
, 5
th
, or 6
th
gear).
When the system is not working proper-
ly, the indicator is not displayed.
i
OIK047133N
■ Type A
■ Type B
OIK047427N/OIK047140N
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-54
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic transmission shift
indicator (if equipped)
This indicator displays the gear posi-
tion of the shift lever.
•Park :P
• Reverse : R
• Neutral : N
•Drive :D
• Manual shift mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up indicates the current
gear position displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting
into other positions (P/R/N/D).
Warning and Indicator Lights
Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situa-
tion that needs attention.
Seat Belt Warning Light
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more details, refer to "Seat
Belts" in chapter 2.
i
OIG046112/OIK047140
■ Type A
■ Type B
OIK047141/OIK047142
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Air Bag Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds.
- It remains on if the parking brake
is applied.
• When the parking brake is applied.
• When the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the reser-
voir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.
With the engine stopped, check
the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For
more details, refer to "Brake
Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding
brake fluid, check all brake compo-
nents for fluid leaks.If a brake fluid
leak is found, or if the warning light
remains on, or if the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
diagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual sys-
tems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
3-56
Convenient features of your vehicle
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
al engine braking and stop the vehi-
cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even
if there is a malfunction with the
ABS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warn-
ing light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
WARNING
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Information
- Electronic
Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS Warning
Light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possible.
Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicate
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction of
the EPB).
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
i
i
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
EPB
3-58
Convenient features of your vehicle
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the emission control system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control system which could affect
drivability and/or fuel economy.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-
ic converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products
as soon as possible.
Charging System
Warning Light
When this warning light illuminates
while the engine is running, the bat-
tery is not being charged.Immediately
turn OFF all electrical accessories.
Try not to use electrically operated
controls, such as the power windows.
Keep the engine running.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possi-
ble.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
able, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
NOTICE
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illumi-
nated, severe damage could
result.
• If the warning light stays on
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be seri-
ous engine damage or malfunc-
tion. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2.Turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is
low, fill the engine oil to the
proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the
warning light stays on after
the engine is started, turn the
engine off immediately. In this
case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following
systems:
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
& Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
& Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Active hood system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warn-
ing, look at the LCD display.
NOTICE
NOTICE
3-60
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains ON after
blinking for approximately 60 sec-
onds, or repeatedly blinks ON and
OFF in 3 second intervals:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction with
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Icy Road Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the out-
side temperature gauge is approxi-
mately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy
Road Warning Light and Outside
Temperature Gauge blinks and then
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy
Road Warning function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis-
play.
Information
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-
den braking or sharp turning, etc.
i
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors.
• If you notice any vehicle insta-
bility, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the
road.
WARNING
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA)
System Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system" in chapter 5.
Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system indica-
tor light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When the system operat-
ing conditions are satisfied.
• [White] The system operating con-
ditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the lane keeping assist
system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in
chapter 5.
Adaptive Front-Lighting
System (AFS) Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine Start/
Stop Button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the AFS.
If there is a malfunction with the
AFS:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2.Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light
remains on, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
3-62
Convenient features of your vehicle
LED Headlamp Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlamp.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This warning light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED head-
lamp life.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the ESC system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
• While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC sys-
tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
NOTICE
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Immobilizer Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC or ON position.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and the Engine Start/Stop button is
ON, but the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery voltage of the
smart key is low.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start
the engine if you press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key. (For more details,
refer to "Starting the Engine"
in chapter 5).
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you operate the turn signal
indicator light.
If any of the following occur, there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
- The turn signal indicator light illumi-
nates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
your vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
3-64
Convenient features of your vehicle
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
High Beam Assist
(HBA) indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system will switch the
high beam to low beam automati-
cally.
For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this
chapter.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the Auto
Hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the Auto Hold
system activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-
tion with the Auto Hold system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
AUTO
HOLD
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Cruise Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
COMFORT Mode
Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "COMFORT"
mode as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
ECO Mode Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates :
• When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
SMART Mode Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select ''SMART" mode
as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System''
in chapter 5.
CUSTOM Mode
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select ''CUSTOM" mode
as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System''
in chapter 5.
&58,6(
60$57
3-66
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Information
You can start the engine with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,
for your safety, we recommend that
you start the engine with the vehicle
shifted to P (Park).
Shift to P
This warning message is displayed if
you try to turn off the vehicle with the
gear in N (Neutral).
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
button changes to the ACC position
If you press the Engine Start/Stop
button once more, it will turn to the
ON position.
Low key battery
This warning message is displayed if
the battery of the smart key is dis-
charged while changing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start
engine (for automatic transmis-
sion vehicle)
This warning message is displayed if
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depress-
ing the brake pedal.
Press clutch pedal to start
engine (for manual transmis-
sion vehicle)
This warning message is displayed if
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the clutch pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depress-
ing the clutch pedal.
Key not in vehicle
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not detected when you
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again
This message is displayed if you
were unable to start the vehicle when
the Engine Start/Stop button was
pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button again.
If the warning message appears
each time you press the Engine
Start/Stop button, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
i
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Press START button with key
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton while the warning message "Key
not detected" is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a
new one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Door, Hood,Trunk open indicator
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the trunk is left open.
The warning will indicate which door
is open in the display.
Window open indicator
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when any window is
open.
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/trunk is fully closed.Also,
check there is no door/
hood/trunk open warning light or
message displayed on the instru-
ment cluster.
CAUTION
OIK047117 OIK047180L
3-68
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof open indicator
(if equipped)
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
leaving your vehicle.
Lights mode
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
Wiper mode
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
OIK047118
OIK047145L OIK047146L
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Low pressure
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corre-
sponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Turn FUSE SWITCH on
This warning message is displayed if
the fuse switch located on the fuse
box under the steering wheel is OFF.
The fuse switch is turned OFF to
minimize battery draw when the
vehicle is in storage or in transporta-
tion where the vehicle will not be
operated for some time.
Under normal conditions, the fuse
switch should be set to the ON posi-
tion.
For more details, refer to "Fuses"
in chapter 7.
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed
if the washer fluid level in the reser-
voir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
This warning message is displayed if
the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the
low fuel level warning light in the
cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine overheated
This warning message is displayed
when the engine coolant tempera-
ture is above 248°F (120°C). This
means that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
OIK057165LOIK067025L
3-70
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check headlight (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
the headlights are not operating
properly. A headlight bulb may need
to be replaced.
Information
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check turn signal (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
the turn signal lamps are not operat-
ing properly. A lamp may need to be
replaced.
Information
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check headlight LED
(if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the LED head-
lamps. Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Check High Beam Assist (HBA)
system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products.
For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) system" in
chapter 3.
Check haptic steering wheel
system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the haptic
steering wheel system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
i
i
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Check shift lever
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the shift lever.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to ''Automatic
Transmission" in chapter 5.
Shifter System Malfunction
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the shift lever.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to ''Automatic
Transmission" in chapter 5.
Check Electronic Suspension
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Electronic
Control Suspension (ECS) system.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS)" in chapter 5.
Check Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist (FCA) system
(if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system" in chapter 5.
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system
(if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Blind-
Spot Collision Warning system. Have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
For more details, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision Warning" (BCW)
System in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system"
in chapter 5.
3-72
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have
the vehicle inspected by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in
chapter 5.
Check Smart Cruise Control
System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Smart
Cruise Control system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
For more details, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in
chapter 5.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing
modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for
changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the select-
ed item
OIK047110
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-74
Convenient features of your vehicle
Modes Symbol Explanation
Sport
The Sport menu displays Gauge, Lap Timer and G-Force.
For more details, refer to the following pages.
Trip Computer
The Trip Computer menu displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel econ-
omy, etc. For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
The Turn By Turn menu displays the state of the navigation.
Assist
The Driver Assist menu displays the status of the following features:
- Smart Cruise Control
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
- Tire pressure
For more details, refer to " Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)",
"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"
in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
User Settings
The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door
lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.
Master Warning
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one
or more systems is not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
LCD Display Modes
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Sport mode
Gauges
This mode displays information relat-
ed to your engine such as engine oil
temperature (1), current torque (2)
and turbo boost pressure (3).
Lap timer
(1) Total time
(2) Best lap
(3) Current lap
To start (A):
Press the OK button shortly on the
steering wheel. The lap timer will
start counting the current lap (3).
To stop (B):
Press and hold the OK button for
more than 1 second on the steering
wheel while the lap timer is counting
the current lap (3).
To reset (C):
Press and hold the OK button for
more than 1 second on the steering
wheel when the lap timer has
stopped counting the current lap (3).
If the OK button is pressed shortly,
the lap timer will continue counting
from the time it has been stopped.
To save laps:
Press the OK button shortly on the
steering wheel while the lap timer is
counting the current lap (3).
The timer can save L1~ L3 (4).
The best lap (2) will be displayed
automatically.
OIK047167N
OIK047170LOIK047168L/OIK047169L
3-76
Convenient features of your vehicle
The saved laps can be reset when
the current lap is reset.
To start a new lap press the OK but-
ton when the current lap is reset.
G-Force
This mode displays the force deliv-
ered to the vehicle laterally while the
vehicle is in motion.
Trip computer mode
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information and vehicle
speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
OIK047131
OIK047147NOIK047124N
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Assist mode
SCC/LKA/DAW
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver
Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each
system information in chapter 5.
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information relat-
ed to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Master warning mode
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
OIK067024N
OIK047173LOIK047121N
3-78
Convenient features of your vehicle
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Active hood system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur. At this time,
the LCD Modes Icon will change
from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon
().
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1. Head-up display
2. Driver assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may dif-
fer depending on which functions
are applicable to your vehicle.
Information
• Shift to P to edit settings (for auto-
matic transmission vehicle)
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and shift-
ing the vehicle to P (Park).
• Settings only available with parking
brake engaged and gear in neutral
(for manual transmission vehicle)
This warning message illuminates if
you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after engaging the parking
brake and shifting the gear to neutral.
• Quick guide (Help)
This mode provides quick guides for
the systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the
OK button.
i
OIK047148L
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
To change User Settings menu, tog-
gle either " , " switches on the
steering wheel.
Press the OK button to select menu.
Items Explanation
Enable Head-Up Display To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height To adjust the height of the image displayed.
Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed.
- Turn by Turn
- Traffic Info
- Driving Assist Info
- Lane Safety Info
- Blind-Spot Safety Info
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more details, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
1. Head-Up Display
OIK047110
■■
■■
T
T
ype A
ype A
■■
■■
T
T
ype B
ype B
3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Items Explanation
SCC Reaction
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
- Fast/Normal/Slow
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.
- Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity
For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.
Lane Safety
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function.
- Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chap-
ter 5.
Forward Collision Warning
To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
- Early / Normal / Late
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.
For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) Sound
To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.
For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.
2. Driver Assistance
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Items Explanation
Automatically Lock
- Disable:The auto door lock operation will be canceled.
- Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds
9.3 mph (15 km/h).
- Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position (if equipped with an automatic
transmission).
Automatically Unlock
- Disable:The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
- Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position.
- On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to
the P (Park) position.
Two Press Unlock
- Off:The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors will unlock if the
door unlock button is pressed.
- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.When the door
unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Smart Trunk
To activate or deactivate the Smart Trunk system.
For more details, refer to "Smart Trunk" in chapter 3.
3. Door
3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
Items Explanation
One Touch Turn Signal
- Off:The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes:The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
Ambient Light Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the Ambient Light (cabin mood light setting).
- Off / Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3 / Level 4
Headlight Delay
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
4. Lights
Items Explanation
Parking Distance Warning Volume
To adjust the Parking Distance Warning system volume.
- Level 1 / Level 2 / Level 3
Welcome Sound To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
5. Sound
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Items Explanation
Seat Easy Access
- Off:The seat easy access function is deactivated.
- Normal / Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move
rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Steering Easy Access
- On:The steering wheel will automatically move when the driver enters or exits the vehicle.
- Off:The steering easy access function will be deactivated.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
Welcome Mirror*
1
/Light
*
1
: Only for vehicle equipped with electric mirror
folding function
- On door unlock:The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the welcome light turns on
automatically when the doors are unlocked.
- On driver approach:The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the welcome light turns on
automatically when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
Wireless Charging System
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
For more details, refer to "Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System" in this chapter.
Traffic Info
To activate or deactivate traffic information display function.
When activated, traffic information, such as speed limits, etc. are displayed in the cluster LCD
display.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change
the mode.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
6. Convenience
3-83
3-84
Convenient features of your vehicle
Items Explanation
Service Interval To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
7. Service interval
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following
situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
i
Items Explanation
Icy Road Warning To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
Lateral seat support enhancement
To activate or deactivate the lateral seat support for SPORT mode.
When activated, it increases lateral seat bolster support when SPORT mode is selected.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Items Explanation
Fuel Economy Reset
- Off:The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
- After ignition:When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
- After refueling:The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Unit
To select the fuel economy unit.
- US gallon / UK gallon
Temperature Unit
To select the temperature unit.
- °C / °F
Tire Pressure Unit
To select the tire pressure unit.
- psi / kPa / bar
Torque Unit
To select the torque unit.
- Nm / lb·ft
8. Other
Items Explanation
Language To select language.
9. Language
Items Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are
reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
10. Reset
3-86
Convenient features of your vehicle
The trip computer is a microcomput-
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related
to driving.
Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
Trip modes
To change the trip mode, toggle the
" , " switch on the steering
wheel.
i
TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR
OIK047110
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Accumulated Info
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
Digital Speedometer
Smart Shift
■■
■■
T
T
ype A
ype A
■■
■■
T
T
ype B
ype B
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Average fuel economy/
Instant fuel economy
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calcu-
lated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automati-
cally.
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 sec-
ond when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
Automatic reset
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
- After ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min-
imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalcu-
lated.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• The instantaneous fuel economy is
displayed according to the bar
graph in the LCD display while
driving.
i
OIK047124N
3-88
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accumulated Info display
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
economy (2), and the total driving
time (3).
The information is accumulated start-
ing from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the
Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset simul-
taneously.
The accumulated driving information
will continue to be counted while the
engine is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light).
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a min-
imum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalcu-
lated.
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel economy (2),
and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the Drive
Info. The trip distance, the average
fuel economy, and total driving time
will reset simultaneously.
i
OIK047174N OIK047176N
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
The driving information will continue to
be counted while the engine is still run-
ning (for example, when the vehicle is
in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Information
The vehicle must be driven for a mini-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
Digital speedometer
This digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
Smart shift
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System''
in chapter 5.
i
OIK047151N OIK047179N
3-90
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a trans-
parent screen while still keeping your
eyes safely on the road ahead while
driving.
Precautions while using the
head up display
It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the head up display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver's seat.
- The diver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of
the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head
up display information, adjust the
head up display angle or the head up
display brightness level in the User
Settings mode. For more details,
refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
When replacing the front wind-
shield glass of the vehicles
equipped with the head up dis-
play, replace it with a windshield
glass designed for the head up
display operation. Otherwise,
duplicated images may be dis-
played on the windshield glass.
NOTICE
HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
• Do not tint the front wind-
shield glass or add other
types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the head up dis-
play image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories
on the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield
glass.
• The Blind-spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system warn-
ings on the head up display
are supplemental. Do not sole-
ly depend on them to change
lanes. Always take a look
around before changing lanes.
WARNING
OIK047041N
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Head-up display ON/OFF
To activate the head up display,
select ‘Head-UP Display’on the User
Settings mode on the instrument
cluster LCD display.
If you do not select ‘Head-Up
Display’, the head up display will be
deactivated.
Head-up display information
1.Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation infor-
mation
2. Speed limit signs
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed
5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) infor-
mation (if equipped)
6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-
tem information (if equipped)
7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system information (if equipped)
8.Warning lights (Low fuel, etc.)
9. Audio/Video information
Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as HUD con-
tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) naviga-
tion information will not be displayed
in the instrument cluster LCD display.
Head-up display setting
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as fol-
lows.
• Enable Head-up display
• Display Height
• Rotation
• Brightness
• Content Selection
• Speed Size
• Speed Color
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
i
OIK047152N OIK047097N
3-92
Convenient features of your vehicle
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) AUTO light position
(3) Parking lamp position
(4) Headlamp position
AUTO light position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light
outside the vehicle.
Even with the AUTO light feature in
operation, it is recommended to
manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, or when
you enter dark areas, such as tun-
nels and parking facilities.
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor oper-
ation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
ing on the front windshield, the
AUTO light system may not work
properly.
NOTICE
LLIIGGHHTT
OAD045451N
OIK047053
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are
turned ON.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel
lamp are turned ON.
Information
The Engine Start/Stop button must be
in the ON position to turn on the
headlamp.
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
i
OIG046412 OIG046413
OOS047407N
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
WARNING
3-94
Convenient features of your vehicle
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
High Beam Assist (HBA) system
(if equipped)
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a
system that automatically adjusts the
headlamp range (switches between
high beam and low beam) according
to the brightness of other vehicles
and road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
position.
2.Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )
indicator will illuminate.
3.The High Beam Assist (HBA) will
turn on when vehicle speed is
above 25 mph (40 km/h).
• If the light switch is pushed away
when the High Beam Assist (HBA)
is operating, the High Beam Assist
(HBA) will turn off and the high
beam will be on continuously.
• If the light switch is pulled towards
you when the high beam is off, the
high beam will turn on without the
High Beam Assist (HBA) can-
celed.When you let go of the light
switch, the lever will move to the
middle and the high beam will turn
off.
• If the light switch is pulled towards
you when the high beam is on by
the High Beam Assist (HBA), the
low beam will be on and the High
Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off.
• If the light switch is placed to the
headlamp ON position, the High
Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off
and the low beam will be on con-
tinuously.
OIG046414
OIK047090
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
operating, the high beam switches to
low beam if any of the following con-
ditions occur:
• When the headlamp of an on-com-
ing vehicle is detected.
• When the tail lamp of the front
vehicle is detected.
• When the headlamp or tail lamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
• When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
• When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
• When the light switch is not in the
AUTO position.
• When the High Beam Assist (HBA)
is off.
• When vehicle speed is below 15 mph
(24 km/h).
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
not working properly, the warning
message will come on for a few sec-
ond. After the message disappears,
the master warning light ( ) will illu-
minate.Take your vehicle to an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts and have the system checked.
OIK047132N
The system may not operate
normally if any of the following
conditions should occur:
1) When the illumination from
an on-coming vehicle or a
vehicle in front is dim. Such
examples may include:
• When the headlamps of an on-
coming vehicle or the tail
lamps of a vehicle in front is
covered with dust, snow, or
water
• When the headlamps on an
on-coming vehicle are OFF,
but the fog lamps are ON
2) When the High Beam Assist
camera is adversely affected
by an external condition.
Such examples may include:
• When the vehicle's head-
lamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly
• When the vehicle headlamps
are not aimed properly
WARNING
3-96
Convenient features of your vehicle
• When the vehicle is driven on a
narrow curved road or rough
road
• When the vehicle is driven on
an uphill road or downhill road
• When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad
or curved road
• When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror
• When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet or cov-
ered with snow
• When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve
• When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed
• When the Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system warning light
illuminates
• When the light from the on-
coming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
• When the front window is cov-
ered with foreign matters such
as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged
3) When the forward visibility is
poor. Such examples may
include:
• When the headlamps of an on-
coming vehicle or a vehicle in
front is not detected due to
poor outside visibility (smog,
smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain,
snow, etc.)
• When the windshield visibility
is poor
• Do not attempt to disassem-
ble the front view camera
without the assistance of an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products technician.
If camera is removed for any
reason, the system may need
to be re-calibrated. Have the
system inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the windshield of your vehi-
cle is replaced, most likely the
front view camera will need to
be re-calibrated. If this occurs,
have your vehicle inspected
and have the system re-cali-
brated by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the High Beam Assist
(HBA) unit and do not remove
or damage related parts of the
High Beam Assist (HBA) sys-
tem.
WARNING
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Turn signals and lane change
signals
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A). To signal a lane
change, move the turn signal lever
slightly and hold it in position (B).The
lever will return to the OFF position
when released or when the turn is
completed.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
Onetouch turn signal function
To activate an One Touch Turn Signal
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinking (3, 5,
or 7) from the User Settings mode in
the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
• Do not place objects on the
crash pad that reflect light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc.The system may malfunc-
tion if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) may not work
properly. The system is for
your convenience only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
for safe driving practices and
always check the road condi-
tions for your safety.
• When the system does not
operate normally, change the
lamp position manually
between the high beam and
low beam.
OIG046417
3-98
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to pre-
vent the battery from being dis-
charged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the engine off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
when the engine is turned off, perform
the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
ON again using the light switch on
the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
(if equipped)
If you place the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ACC or OFF position
with the headlamps ON, the head-
lamps (and/or parking lamps) remain
on for about 5 minutes. However,
with the engine off if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the head-
lamps (and/or parking lamps) are
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the smart key
twice or turning the light switch to the
OFF or AUTO position. However, if
you turn the light switch to the AUTO
position when it is dark outside, the
headlamps will not be turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
Information
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver door,
the battery saver function does not
operate and the headlamp delay func-
tion does not turn OFF automatically.
i
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
AFS (Adaptive Front-Lighting
System) a.k.a. DBL (Dynamic
Bending Light) (if equipped)
Adaptive front lighting system uses
the steering angle and vehicle
speed, to keep your field of vision
wide by swiveling and leveling the
headlamp.
Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
tion when the engine is running. The
adaptive front lighting system will
operate when the headlamp is ON.
To turn off the AFS, change the
switch to other positions. After turn-
ing the AFS off, headlamp swiveling
no longer occurs, but leveling oper-
ates continuously.
If the AFS malfunction indicator
comes on, the AFS is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
location and restart the engine. If the
indicator continuously remains on,
have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can help others to see the front of
your vehicle during the day, especial-
ly after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn OFF when:
• The light switch is in the parking or
headlamp lamp position, including
the operation that the parking lamp
or headlamp is turned on automat-
ically in the AUTO light position.
• The engine is turned off.
• The hazard warning flasher is on.
• The turn signal light is on.
If you turn on the turn signal light,
only the corresponding daytime
running lights will turn off.
• The parking brake is applied.
OIK047053
OIK047111
3-100
Convenient features of your vehicle
Headlamp leveling device
(if equipped)
It automatically adjusts the head-
lamp beam level according to the
number of passengers and loading
weight in the luggage area. It also
adjusts to the appropriate headlamp
beam level for various situations.
Welcome System (if equipped)
Welcome light
Puddle lamp (if equipped) and door
handle lamp
With all the doors (and trunk) closed
and locked, the puddle lamp and
door handle lamp will come on for
about 15 seconds if any of the below
is performed.
1. If 'Convenience
→
Welcome mir-
ror/light
→
On door unlock' is
selected in the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display,
• the lamps will turn on when the
door lock button is pressed on the
smart key.
• the lamps will turn on when the
button of the outside door handle
is pressed with the smart key in
possession.
2. If both 'Convenience
→
Welcome
mirror/light
→
On door unlock' and
'Convenience
→
Welcome
mirror/light
→
On driver approach'
is selected in the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display,
the lamps will turn on when the
vehicle is approached with the
smart key in possession.
You can activate or deactivate
Welcome Light function from the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
OIK047054N
If the function does not work
properly, have the system be
inspected by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded
products. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the wiring
yourself.
WARNING
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Headlamp and parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in
the headlamp or AUTO position) is on
and all doors (and trunk) are locked
and closed, the parking lamp and
headlamp will come on for 15 seconds
when the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button, the parking lamp and
headlamp will turn off immediately.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
onds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed with the
smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
room lamp will turn off immediately.
Interior Lights
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine
is turned off or the battery will dis-
charge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors are closed.If a door is opened,
the lamp will go off 40 minutes after
the engine is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the smart key and the
vehicle enters the armed stage of the
theft alarm system, the lamps will go
off five seconds later.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
interior lights may obscure your
view and cause an accident.
WARNING
3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front lamps
(1) Front Map Lamp
(2) Front Room Lamp
(3) Front Door Lamp
Front Map Lamp ( ):
Press either lenses to turn the map
lamp on or off. This light produces a
spot beam for convenient use as a
map lamp at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and the front pas-
senger.
Front Room Lamp ( ):
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
Front Door Lamp ( ):
The front or rear room lamps come
on when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or
not.When doors are unlocked by the
Smart Key, the front and rear lamps
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds as long as any door is not
opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approxi-
mately 30 seconds if the door is
closed. However, if the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ON position or
all doors are locked, the front and
rear lamps will turn off.
If a door is opened with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ACC position
or the OFF position, the front and
rear lamps stay on for about 20 min-
utes.
Rear lamps
• :
Press this button to turn the room
lamp on and off.
• :
Press either buttons to turn either
side of the rear lamp on or off.
Do not leave the lamp switches on
for an extended period of time
when the engine is turned off.
NOTICE
OIK047402N OIK047084
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Trunk lamp
The trunk lamp comes on when the
trunk is opened.
The trunk lamp comes on as long
as the trunk is open. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain, close the trunk securely
after using the trunk.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
Vanity mirror lamp
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the vanity mir-
ror cover after using the mirror.
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
OIK047057OIK047056L ODH043356
3-104
Convenient features of your vehicle
Puddle lamp (if equipped)
Welcome light
When all doors (and trunk) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the smart key or
outside door handle button.
For more details,refer to "Welcome
System" in this chapter.
Escort light
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the OFF position and the driver's
door is opened, the puddle lamp will
come on for 30 seconds. If the dri-
ver's door is closed within the 30
seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off
after 15 seconds. If the driver's door
is closed and locked, the puddle
lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
OIK047058N
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
A :Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT - Intermittent wipe
· AUTO – Automatic control wipe
(if equipped)
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment/Auto control wipe
time adjustment (if equipped)
C :Wash with brief wipes
Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release.The wipers will oper-
ate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To
vary the speed setting, move
the speed control lever.The top
most setting will run the wipers
most frequently (for more rain).
The bottom setting will run the
wipers the least frequently (for
less rain).
LO :The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/ or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the wiper and washer
system.
AUTO (Automatic) control
(if equipped)
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The more it rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain stops, the
wiper stops. To vary the speed set-
ting, turn the speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position, the
wiper will operate once to perform a
self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to OFF position when the wiper
is not in use.
i
WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS
OAD046437L
3-106
Convenient features of your vehicle
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF posi-
tion to stop the auto wiper oper-
ation. The wiper may operate
and be damaged if the switch is
set in the AUTO mode while
washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered
by your vehicle warranty.
Windshield Washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until
you release the lever. If the washer
does not work, you may need to add
washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not oper-
ate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids
in the winter season or cold
weather.
NOTICE
NOTICE
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the wind-
shield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
WARNING
OIG046419
When the outside temperature is
below freezing, ALWAYS warm
the windshield using the
defroster to prevent the washer
fluid from freezing on the wind-
shield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an acci-
dent and serious injury or death.
WARNING
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMM
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System (if equipped)
[A] : Sensor
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system assists the driver
during reverse movement of the vehi-
cle by chiming if any object is sensed
within approximately 50 in (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Operation of the Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse)
system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the Engine
Start/Stop button in the ON posi-
tion. However, if the vehicle speed
exceeds 3 mph (5km/h), the sys-
tem may not detect objects.
• If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h), the system will not warn
you even though objects are
detected.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
cle to make sure there are not
any objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any direc-
tion to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven close
to objects,particularly pedestri-
ans, and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effective-
ness of the sensor.
WARNING
OIK047043L
3-108
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and indicator
Information
• The indicator may differ from the
illustration depending on objects or
sensors status. If the indicator
blinks, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the audible warning does not
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting into R
(Reverse) position, this may indicate
a malfunction with the Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse) system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may not operate
normally when any of the following
occur:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
ter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may experience a
malfunction when the following
occurs:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or acces-
sories have been installed, or if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
i
Types of warning sound Indicator
When an object is 24 to 47 in
(60 to 120 cm) from the rear
bumper, the warning sound
beeps intermittently.
When an object is 12 to 24 in
(30 to 60 cm) from the rear
bumper, the warning sound
beeps more frequently.
When an object is within 12 in
(30 cm) from the rear bumper,
the warning sound beeps
continuously.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Detecting range may decrease when:
• Outside air temperature is extreme-
ly hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system precautions
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may not operate
consistently in some circum-
stances depending on the speed of
the vehicle and the shapes of the
objects detected.
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may malfunction
if the vehicle bumper height or sen-
sor installation has been modified
or damaged. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the sys-
tem may be inoperative until the
snow or ice melts, or the debris is
removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe
debris away from the sensor.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-
rounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the sensors to fail to operate
normally.
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
WARNING
3-110
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) System
(if equipped)
[A] : Rear Sensor, [B] : Front Sensor
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system assists
the driver during movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within the distance of 39 inch-
es (100 cm) in front and 47 inches
(120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys-
tem that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
Operation of the Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse/
Forward) System
OIK047042N
OIK047043L
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
cle to make sure there are no
objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any direc-
tion to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven close
to objects,particularly pedestri-
ans, and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effective-
ness of the sensor.
WARNING
OIK047044
■ Type A
OIK047098L
■ Type B
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Operating condition
• This system will activate when the
Parking Distance Warning system
button is pressed with the engine
running.
• Sensing distance when backing up
is approximately 47 in (120 cm)
when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• Sensing distance when moving for-
ward is approximately 39 in (100
cm) when you are driving less than
6 mph (10 km/h).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos-
est one will be recognized first.
• If you move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position with the engine
running and the Parking Distance
Warning system off, the system will
operate automatically. But it will
turn off automatically, when the
vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph (20
km/h).The system will not automat-
ically operate again even if vehicle
speed returns to 6 mph (10 km/h).
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning sound
When driving
forward
When driving
rearward
24 ~ 39
(61 ~ 100)
Front -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
24 ~ 47
(61 ~ 120)
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 ~ 24
(31 ~ 60)
Front
Buzzer beeps
frequently
Rear -
Buzzer beeps
frequently
12
(30)
Front
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Rear -
Buzzer sounds
continuously
Types of warning sound and indicator
inches (cm)
Information
• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors
status. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products.
• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently
when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with
the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products
as soon as possible.
i
3-112
Convenient features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system may not
operate normally when any of the
following occur:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
ter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system may
experience a malfunction when the
following occurs:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or
if the vehicle bumper height or sen-
sor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when:
• Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system pre-
cautions
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system may not
operate consistently in some cir-
cumstances depending on the
speed of the vehicle and the
shapes of the objects detected.
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with
the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the sys-
tem may be inoperative until the
snow or ice melts, or the debris is
removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe
debris away from the sensor.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-
rounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the sensors to fail to operate
normally.
Rear View Monitor (Type A)
(if equipped)
The Rear View Monitor will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-
tion.
This is a supplemental system that
helps provide a view of the area
behind the vehicle through the audio
or AVN screen while the vehicle is in
the R (Reverse) position.
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse/Forward) system.
Always drive safely and cau-
tiously.
WARNING
The Rear View Monitor is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the mid-
dle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
OIK047045
OIK047046N
3-114
Convenient features of your vehicle
Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with dirt, water or snow.
Rear View Monitor (Type B)
(if equipped)
The Rear View Monitor system
assists you to drive safely by allow-
ing you to check the rear view
through the screen while driving.
The system is activated when:
• The engine is ON
• The shift lever is in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral) and you press the button
(1)
The system is deactivated when:
• You press the button (1) again
• You press the audio or AVN system
button (2)
When the vehicle is reversing the
screen switches to rear parking
assist screen.
Warning indicator in the screen is
indicated when:
• The trunk is open
• The driver and/or passenger door is
open
NOTICE
• Never rely solely on the Rear
view monitor when backing-
up.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
WARNING
OIK047403L
OIK047051L
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Surround View Monitor
(if equipped)
The Surround View Monitor system
can assist in parking by allowing the
driver to see around the vehicle.
Push the button (1, indicator ON) to
operate the system. To cancel the
system, push the button again (1,
indicator OFF).
• The Rear View Monitor system
is a supplementary driving
assist system. Make sure to
check the rear view directly
for safety.What you see on the
screen may differ from the
actual vehicle’s location.
• The camera may not operate
properly if any foreign sub-
stance is on the rear camera
lens. Always keep the lens
clean.
• When the rear view is dis-
played while driving, an icon
( ) is indicated on the upper
right side of the screen.
WARNING
OIK047047
OIK047080
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-116
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operating conditions
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position
• When the transmission is in D, N or
R
• When vehicle speed is under 10
mph (15 km/h)
Information
• When vehicle speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h), the system will turn off.
The system will not automatically
turn on again, even though vehicle
speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h).
Push the button (1, indicator ON)
again, to turn on the system.
• When the vehicle is backing up, the
system will turn ON regardless of
vehicle speed or button status.
However, if vehicle speed is over 10
mph (15 km/h) when driving for-
ward, the SVM system will turn off.
• A warning appears on the system
when:
- The trunk is opened
- The driver's door is opened
- The passenger's door is opened
- The outer side view mirror is folded
• If the system is not operating nor-
mally, the system should be checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
For more details, refer to the sep-
arately supplied manual with your
vehicle.
Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with foreign material.
NOTICE
i
(1) Front camera
(2) Left/Right cam-
era
(3) Rear camera
Surround View Monitor system
only serves to assist the driver
in parking. ALWAYS look
around your vehicle to make
sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the
vehicle.
CAUTION
ODH047435
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Rear view monitor (if equipped)
You may check the rear view through
the screen while driving.
The system is activated when:
• The engine is ON
• The vehicle's speed is over 10 mph
(15 km/h) and you press the SVM
button (1, indicator ON)
• The vehicle's speed is under 10
mph (15 km/h) and you press the
(2) on the screen
The system is deactivated when:
• You press the SVM button (1, indi-
cator OFF) again
• You press the (2) on the
screen again
• You press the audio or AVN system
button (3)
Information
• If vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15
km/h)
- the rear image stays ON when the
rear view was on the screen
- screen (top, front wide, front right
and front left) of other modes of
SVM system turns OFF and
switches to the original AVN
screen when other modes were on
the screen
• If the SVM system is ON and the
vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15
km/h)
- the rear image stays ON when the
rear view was on the screen
- a pop-up for selecting the SVM
mode (top, front wide, front right
and front left) appears when press-
ing (2) on the screen
i
OIK047049
OIK047050
OIK047411L
3-118
Convenient features of your vehicle
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
OIK047300/OIK047301
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Passenger’s temperature control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. OFF button
5. Front windshield defroster button
6. Fan speed control knob
7. Air intake control button
8. Mode selection button
9. SYNC button
10. Climate control information screen
selection button
11. Rear window defroster button
12. Air conditioning button
• Type A
• Type B
The switch arrangements may vary depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OIK047300N/OIK047301N
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Passenger’s temperature control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. OFF button
5. Front windshield defroster button
6. Fan speed control knob
7. Air intake control button
8. Mode selection button
9. SYNC button
10. Climate control information screen
selection button
11. Rear window defroster button
12. Air conditioning button
• Type C
• Type D
The switch arrangements may vary depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-120
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Heating and Air
Conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control
System is controlled by setting the
desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature set-
ting you select.
2.Turn the temperature control knob
to the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
After the interior has cooled suffi-
ciently, adjust the knob to a higher
temperature set point whenever
possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the infor-
mation display once again.)
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the efficiency of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72°F (22°C).
To change the temperature unit from
°F to °C or °C to °F:
Press the AUTO button while press-
ing the OFF button on the climate
control unit for 3 seconds.
OIK047303
OIK047304
■ Driver side ■ Passenger side
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Never place anything near the
sensor to ensure better control of
the heating and cooling system.
Manual Heating and Air
Conditioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert
to full automatic control of the sys-
tem.
NOTICE
OIK047059N
3-122
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mode selection
The air flow outlet direction is cycled
as follows:
Face-Level (B, D, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
OIK047307/OIK047305/OIK047306
■ Type A
■ Type B
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E, F)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened ( )
or closed ( ) separately using the
thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivered from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the temperature.Turn the knob to the
left to decrease temperature.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incre-
mental location. When set to the low-
est temperature setting, the air condi-
tioning will operate continuously.
OIK047308
OIK047309
■ Front
OIK047310
■ Rear
OIK047304
■ Driver side ■ Passenger side
3-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
• Press the "SYNC" button to oper-
ate the driver and passenger side
temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and pas-
senger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to
operate the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
button indicator will turn off.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
To change the temperature unit from
°F to °C or °C to °F:
- On the instrument cluster, go to
User Settings Mode ➝ Other ➝
Temperature Unit.
- Press the AUTO button while press-
ing the OFF button on the climate
control unit for 3 seconds.
The temperature unit on both the
cluster LCD display and climate con-
trol screen will change.
Air intake control
This button is used to select the out-
side (fresh) air position or recirculat-
ed air position.
OIK047311
OIK047312
■ Type A
OIK047313
■ Type B
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heat-
ing system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Information
Using the system in the fresh air position
is recommended.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging
of the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compart-
ment will become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in exces-
sively dry air in the passenger com-
partment.
i
■ Type A
■ Type B
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
the recirculated air position
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness, that may cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
the recirculated air position
(without the air conditioning
selected) may allow humidity
to increase inside the vehicle
which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause seri-
ous injury or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
WARNING
3-126
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set as desired
by turning the fan speed control
knob. Turn the knob to the right for
higher fan speed.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Information
For better sound quality, fan speed
may automatically slow down for a
couple of minutes when you activate
voice recognition or hands free.
Operating the fan when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position could cause the bat-
tery to discharge. Operate the fan
when the engine is running.
Air conditioning
Push the A/C button to manually turn
the system on (indicator light will illu-
minate) and off.
NOTICE
i
OIK047315
■ Type A
OIK047315N
■ Type B
OIK047314
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
OFF mode
Push the OFF button to turn the cli-
mate control system off.You can still
operate the mode and air intake but-
tons as long as the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON posi-
tion.
Climate control information
screen selection button
Press the climate control information
screen selection button to display cli-
mate control information on the audio
or AVN screen.
System Operation
Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
OIK047316
OIK047317
3-128
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control briefly to the
recirculated air position.Return the
control to the fresh air position
when the irritation has passed.
This will help keep the driver alert
and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to the fresh air posi-
tion and fan speed to the desired
position, turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the temperature
control to the desired temperature.
Air conditioning
All Genesis Branded Vehicle Air
Conditioning Systems are filled with
environmentally friendly R-1234yf
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Push the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. However,
prolonged operation of the recircu-
lated air position will excessively
dry the air.In this case, change the
air position.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
extreme left position then set the fan
speed control to the highest speed.
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine tem-
perature gauge closely while driv-
ing up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are
high. Air conditioning system
operation can cause engine over-
heating. Continue to use the fan,
but turn the air conditioning sys-
tem off if the engine temperature
gauge indicates engine overheat-
ing.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
NOTICE
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the win-
dows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system per-
formance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
System Maintenance
Climate control air filter
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
This filter is installed behind the glove
box. It filters the dust or other pollu-
tants that enter the vehicle through the
heating and air conditioning system.
Have the climate control air filter be
replaced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products accord-
ing to the maintenance schedule. If
the vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty or rough
roads, more frequent air conditioner
filter inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-
es, the system should be checked at
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air con-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur.
NOTICE
OIK047401L
3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
The actual Air Conditioning refriger-
ant label in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on
air conditioning refrigerant label
means as below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubri-
cant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail
location of the air conditioning refrig-
erant label.
ODH043366
■ Example
Because the refrigerant
is mildly inflammable at
very high pressure, the
air conditioning system
should only be serv-
iced by trained and cer-
tified technicians. It is
important that the cor-
rect type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the vehi-
cle and personal injury.
WARNING
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear win-
dow, side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind-
shield.
If the engine temperature is still cold
after starting, then a brief engine
warm up period may be required for
the vented air flow to become warm
or hot.
To Defog Inside Windshield
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the outside (fresh) air position is
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button manually.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
NOTICE
WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG
Windshield heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
WARNING
OIK047318
• Type A
• Type B
3-132
Convenient features of your vehicle
To Defrost Outside Windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4.The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Defogging Logic (if equipped)
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
positions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3.While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times with-
in 3 seconds.
The air intake control button indicator
will blink 3 times. It indicates that the
defogging logic is canceled or
returned to the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
OIK047319 OIK047320
• Type A
• Type B
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Auto Defogging System
(if equipped)
Auto defogging helps reduce the pos-
sibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indi-
cator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is
detected in the vehicle, the Auto
Defogging System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode and
the A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windshield.
Step 3) The fan speed will be set to
MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recircu-
lated air position is manually selected
while Auto Defogging System is ON,
the Auto Defogging System Indicator
will blink 3 times to signal that the
manual operation has been canceled.
To cancel the auto defogging system
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button
over 3 seconds.
3.The front defroster button indicator
will blink 3 times and then ADS
OFF will illuminate on the climate
control information screen when
the auto defogging system is can-
celed.
To reactivate the auto defogging sys-
tem
1. Press the Engine Start/Stop button
to the ON position.
2. Press the front defroster button
over 3 seconds.
3.The front defroster button indicator
will blink 6 times and then ADS OFF
will go out on the climate control
information screen when the auto
defogging system is reactivated.
i
OIK047321N
3-134
Convenient features of your vehicle
Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not turn off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select recirculated
air position while the system is oper-
ating.
• When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control but-
ton are all disabled.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Rear Window Defroster
To prevent damage to the rear
window defroster conducting ele-
ments bonded to the inside sur-
face of the rear window, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to the
"Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging" section in this chapter.
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while the engine is running.
• To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the
rear window defroster button illumi-
nates when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
• The rear window defroster automat-
ically turns off after approximately
20 minutes or when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the OFF posi-
tion.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
side view mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
OIK047302
3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Sunroof Inside Air
Recirculation (if equipped)
When the heater or air conditioning
system is on with the sunroof
opened, the outside (fresh) air posi-
tion will be automatically selected. At
this time, if you press the recirculated
air position button, the recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to the outside (fresh) air
position after 3 minutes.
When the sunroof is closed, the air
intake position will return to the orig-
inal position that was selected.
Automatic Ventilation
(if equipped)
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position or when the
engine is running and temperature is
below 59°F (15°C) with the recircu-
lated air position selected more than
five minutes, the air intake position
will automatically change to the out-
side (fresh) air position.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level mode and
while pressing the A/C button, press
the recirculated air position button
five times within three seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is set,
the air intake control button (recircu-
lated air position) indicator will blink 6
times. When canceled, the air intake
control button (recirculated air posi-
tion) indicator will blink 3 times.
Smart Ventilation (if equipped)
The smart ventilation system helps
maintain pleasant/fresh air condition
inside the passenger compartment
by automatically detecting/controlling
the temperature, humidity, etc., when
you drive the vehicle with the climate
control system in the OFF position.
When the smart ventilation system
starts to operate, the message,
"SMART VENTILATION ON" appears
for 5 seconds.
Information
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when the OFF button of
the climate control system is selected.
• The smart ventilation system stops
operating, when any button of the
climate control system is selected for
operation.
• The smart ventilation system may
not operate, when the vehicle is
driven at low speed.
i
CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK047113L
3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
Center Console Storage
To open :
Press the button (1).
Glove Box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open:
Pull the lever (2).
NOTICE
SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage com-
partment covers closed secure-
ly while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box
door after use.
An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the pas-
senger in an accident, even if
the passenger is wearing a seat
belt.
WARNING
OIK047060L OIK047061
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Sunglass Holder
To open:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open. Place your sunglasses
in the compartment door with the
lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
• Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sun-
glass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
WARNING
OIK047062
3-138
Convenient features of your vehicle
Ashtray (if equipped)
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean the ashtray:
The plastic receptacle should be
removed by lifting the plastic ashtray
receptacle upward after turning the
cover counterclockwise and pulling it
out.
Cup Holder
Front
Cups may be placed in the cup holders.
Rear
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of sud-
den stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
WARNING
OIK037024
OIK047065
OPDE046419
Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other com-
bustible materials may cause a
fire.
WARNING
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
tronic system and damage elec-
trical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do
not use hot air to blow out or dry
the cup holder. This may damage
the interior.
Sunvisor
To use the sunvisor, pull it down-
ward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
from the side window, pull it down-
ward, release it from the bracket (1)
and swing it to the side towards the
window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or back-
ward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
Close the vanity mirror cover secure-
ly and return the sunvisor to its origi-
nal position after use.
Do not put several tickets in the
ticket holder at one time. This
could cause damage to the ticket
holder.
NOTICE
NOTICE
For your safety, do not block
your view when using the sunvi-
sor.
WARNING
ODH047359
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
WARNING
3-140
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Outlet
The power outlet is designed to pro-
vide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180 W
with the engine running.
To use the power outlet, open the
cover (1) by pushing it straight up.
After use, to close the cover (1),
slightly push up the cover again.
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug after
use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time
with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric acces-
sories which are less than 180 W
in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power out-
let.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet.These devices may
cause excessive audio static
and malfunctions in other elec-
tronic systems or devices used
in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electri-
cal/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electri-
cal/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
NOTICE
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
WARNING
OIK047066N
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
USB Charger (if equipped)
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be
recharged when the Engine Start/
Stop button is in the ACC, ON or
START position.
Insert the USB charger into the USB
port, and re-charge a smart phone or
a tablet PC.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging sys-
tem.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC,
which adopts a different re-charg-
ing method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media.
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
On certain models, the vehicle
comes equipped with a wireless cel-
lular phone charger.
The system is available when all
doors are closed, and when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC, ON or START position.
To use the wireless cellular phone
charging system, open the cover by
pushing it straight up.
After use, to close the cover, slightly
push up the cover again.
OIK047064
OIK047067
■ Front
OIK047099L
■ Rear
3-142
Convenient features of your vehicle
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones ( ). Read the label
on the cellular phone accessory
cover or visit your cellular phone
manufacturer's website to check
whether your cellular phone supports
the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charg-
ing unit. If not, the wireless charg-
ing process may be interrupted.
Place the cellular phone on the
center of the charging pad ( ).
2.The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging.The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3.You can turn ON or OFF the wire-
less charging function in the user
settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For further information,
refer to the "LCD Display Modes"
in this chapter.
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
Depending on the cellular phone type,
the indicator light may not turn green
even though the charging is complete.
The indicator light will blink orange for
10 seconds if there is a malfunction in
the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a mes-
sage on the LCD display if the cellular
phone is still on the wireless charging
unit after the engine is turned OFF
and the front door is opened.
Information
For some manufacturers' cellular
phones, the system may not warn you
even though the cellular phone is left
on the wireless charging unit. This is
due to the particular characteristic of
the cellular phone and not a malfunc-
tion of the wireless charging.
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not sup-
port certain cellular phones,
which are not verified for the Qi
specification ( ).
• When placing your cellular
phone on the charging mat,
position the phone in the middle
of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your cell phone
is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some
cases the cell phone may experi-
ence higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless
charging may stop temporarily
when the Smart Key is used,
either when starting the vehicle or
locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
• When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator
may not change to green when
the cell phone is fully charged.
NOTICE
i
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop, when tem-
perature abnormally increases
inside the wireless cellular phone
charging system. Stop the charg-
ing cellular phone and wait until
temperature falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop when there
is any metallic item, such as a
coin, between the wireless cellular
phone charging system and the
cellular phone.
• When charging some cell phones
with the case still applied, the
wireless charging speed may
decrease and the wireless charg-
ing may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may
not be possible.
• If the cell phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad, wire-
less charging may not operate
properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets
may be damaged if left with the
cellular phone during the charging
process.
• When any cellular phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound.This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibil-
ity of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the cellular phone
in any way.
Information
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
OFF, the charging also stops.
Information
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
Clock
Vehicles with Audio system
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].
• Set time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen.
• Time format: Choose between 12-
hour and 24-hour time formats.
Vehicles with Navigation system
Select the Settings menu on the
Navigation system ➟ Select
[Date/Time].
• GPS time: Displays time according
to the received GNSS time.
• 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24
hour.
i
i
Do not attempt to adjust the
clock while driving. Doing so
may result in distracted driving
which may lead to an accident
involving personal injury or
death.
WARNING
3-144
Convenient features of your vehicle
Coat Hook (if equipped)
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
(if equipped)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothe pockets. In
an accident or when the curtain
air bag is inflated, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
WARNING
OIK047085
OIK047400L
■ Type A ■ Type B
Do not overlay additional mats
or liners over the floor mats. If
using All Weather mats, remove
the carpeted floor mats before
installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
WARNING
OIK047068
■ Type A
OIK047069
■ Type B
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Luggage Net Holder
To keep items from shifting in the
trunk, you can use the 4 holders
located in the trunk to attach the lug-
gage net.
Make sure the luggage net is secure-
ly attached to the holders in the
trunk.
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT over-
stretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net's
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis-
ible signs of wear or damage.
WARNING
OIK047070L
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weath-
er rubber mat on top of a car-
peted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal opera-
tion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends that the Genesis/
Hyundai floor mat designed for
use in your vehicle be installed.
WARNING
Multimedia System
Multimedia System.................................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod
®
Port ...............................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-2
Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4
4
4-2
Multimedia System
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic devices may not
function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as per-
fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
AUX, USB and iPod
®
Port
You can use an AUX or USB cable to
connect audio devices to the vehicle
AUX or USB port.
To use the AUX, USB and iPod
®
,
open the cover (1) by pushing it
straight up.
After use, to close the cover (1),
slightly push up the cover again.
Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the portable audio
device's power source.
❈ iPod
®
is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Antenna
Shark fin antenna (1)
The shark fin antenna will receive the
transmitted data (example: AM/FM,
SXM signal, GPS).
Glass antenna (2)
Your vehicle uses a glass antenna to
receive both AM and FM signals.
i
NOTICE
MMUULLTTIIMMEEDDIIAA SSYYSSTTEEMM
OIK047074N
OIK047071
4-3
Multimedia System
4
• Do not clean the inside of the
rear window glass with a cleaner
or scraper to remove foreign
deposits as this may cause dam-
age to the antenna elements.
• To prevent damage to the rear
glass antenna, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaner
containing abrasives to clean
the window. Clean the inside
surface of the rear glass window
with a piece of soft cloth.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings
such as Ni, Cd, and so on.These
can degrade the receiving AM
and FM broadcast signals.
• When putting a sticker on the
inside surface of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to damage
the rear glass antenna.
• Do not put sharp instruments
nearby the rear glass antenna.
Steering Wheel Audio Control
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control buttons simultane-
ously.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
• Press the VOLUME switch up to
increase volume.
• Press the VOLUME switch down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down and held for 0.8
second or more, it will function in the
following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down, it will function
in the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STA-
TION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
NOTICE
NOTICE
OIK047072
4-4
Multimedia System
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
MUTE ( ) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Information
Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the separately
supplied manual with the vehicle.
Bluetooth
®
Wireless
Technology Hands-Free
With the
Bluetooth
®
Wireless
Technology in the vehicle, you can
use the phone wireless.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free is
described in a separately supplied
manual with the vehicle.
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN)
(if equipped)
Detailed information for the AVN sys-
tem is described in a separately sup-
plied manual with the vehicle.
i
OIK047075
OIK047076
Driving your vehicle
5
Before Driving ........................................................5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4
Engine Start/Stop Button.....................................5-6
Engine Start/Stop button positions..............................5-7
Starting the Engine...........................................................5-9
Turning Off the Engine..................................................5-11
Automatic Transmission ......................................5-12
Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-12
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ..........................5-17
LCD Display Messages...................................................5-18
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-22
Braking System ....................................................5-24
Power Brakes...................................................................5-24
High Performance Brake...............................................5-25
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-25
Parking Brake...................................................................5-26
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-28
Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-33
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-36
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-38
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-42
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-43
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-43
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-44
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD) .......................................5-44
Emergency precautions.................................................5-46
Limited slip differential .......................................5-48
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS)................5-49
Launch Control .....................................................5-50
Prerequisite for Activation ...........................................5-50
Launch Control Activation.............................................5-50
Limited Use of Launch Control....................................5-51
ECO Coasting ........................................................5-52
ECO Coasting Activation Condition.............................5-52
ECO Coasting Deactivation Condition.........................5-52
Setting ECO Coasting Function....................................5-53
ECO Coasting Activation Indicator ..............................5-53
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) System ..........................5-54
To Activate the ISG System..........................................5-54
To Deactivate the ISG System......................................5-57
ISG System Malfunction................................................5-57
The Battery Sensor Deactivation................................5-58
Drive Mode Integrated Control System............5-59
Drive Mode (with Automatic Transmission)..............5-59
Smart shift on trip computer .......................................5-63
5
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System...5-64
Blind-Spot Collision Warning .......................................5-65
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning ........................5-67
Detecting sensor .............................................................5-69
Limitations of the System.............................................5-71
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
System ...................................................................5-73
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-73
FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-75
FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-77
System Malfunction .......................................................5-79
Limitations of the System.............................................5-80
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System...................5-86
LKA System Operation...................................................5-87
Warning Light and Message.........................................5-90
Limitations of the System.............................................5-92
LKA System Function Change......................................5-94
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System.........5-95
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-95
Resetting the System.....................................................5-96
System Standby...............................................................5-97
System Malfunction .......................................................5-97
Cruise Control.......................................................5-99
Cruise Control Operation...............................................5-99
Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go System ...........................................................5-104
Smart Cruise Control Switch ......................................5-105
Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-105
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance...........................................................................5-110
Sensor to Detect Distance to the
Vehicle Ahead ................................................................5-113
To Adjust the Sensitivity of
Smart Cruise Control....................................................5-114
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-115
Limitations of the System...........................................5-116
Special Driving Conditions................................5-121
Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-121
Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-121
Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-122
Driving at Night .............................................................5-122
Driving in the Rain........................................................5-122
Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-123
Highway Driving ............................................................5-123
Winter Driving ....................................................5-124
Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-124
Winter Precautions.......................................................5-127
Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-129
Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-130
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-134
5-3
Driving your vehicle
5
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the trunk open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
WARNING
5-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Entering the Vehicle
• Be sure all windows, outside mir-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Before Starting
• Make sure the hood, the trunk, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt.Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the mes-
sages on the instrument display
when the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are car-
rying are stored properly or fas-
tened down securely.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and cer-
tain products of components
contain or emit chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive
harm.
WARNING
BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG
5-5
Driving your vehicle
5
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driv-
ing is dangerous and may result
in an accident and SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, percep-
tions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reac-
tion time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influ-
ence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
WARNING
You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive. If you are
drinking or taking drugs, don't
drive. Do not ride with a driver
who has been drinking or taking
drugs.Choose a designated driv-
er or call a taxi.
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the fol-
lowing precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be prop-
erly belted whenever the vehi-
cle is moving. For more infor-
mation, refer to "Seat Belts" in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedes-
trians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING
5-6
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-
minate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
EENNGGIINNEE SSTTAARRTT//SSTTOOPP BBUUTTTTOONN
Driving your vehicle
OIK057001
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/
Stop button while the vehicle
is in motion except in an emer-
gency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of
power assist for the steering
and brake systems.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR rapidly press
and release the Engine Start/
Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
This may lead to loss of direc-
tional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
vehicle is in neutral (for manu-
al transmission vehicle) or P
(Park, for automatic transmis-
sion vehicle), apply the park-
ing brake, press the Engine
Start/ Stop button to the OFF
position, and take the Smart
Key with you. Unexpected
vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
WARNING
5-7
Driving your vehicle
5
Engine Start/Stop button posi-
tions
Vehicle with manual transmis-
sion
OFF
To turn off the engine, stop the vehi-
cle and then press the Engine
Start/Stop button.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF posi-
tion without depressing the clutch
pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories
are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for
more than one hour, the battery
power will turn off automatically
to prevent the battery from dis-
charging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when
the engine is not running to pre-
vent the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
clutch and brake pedals and press
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
shift lever in neutral.
Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton without depressing the clutch
pedal, the engine does not start and
the Engine Start/Stop button changes
as follows:
OFF
→→
ACC
→→
ON
→→
OFF
Vehicle with automatic trans-
mission
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the
Engine Start/Stop button with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
Also, the engine will turn off when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed with the shift lever in D
(Drive) or R (Reverse) because the
transmission automatically shifts to
the P (Park) position. But, when it is
pressed in N (Neutral), the Engine
Start/Stop button will go to the ACC
position.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
5-8
Driving your vehicle
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
when the button is in the OFF posi-
tion without depressing the brake
pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories
are usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ACC position for
more than one hour, the battery
power will turn off automatically
to prevent the battery from dis-
charging.
ON
Press the Engine Start/Stop button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started.
Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button in the ON position when
the engine is not running to pre-
vent the battery from discharging.
START
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the vehicle
shifted to the P (Park) or in the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with
the vehicle shifted to the P (Park)
position.
Information
If you press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton without depressing the brake
pedal, the engine does not start and
the Engine Start/Stop button changes
as follows:
OFF
→→
ACC
→→
ON
→→
OFF
However, the engine may start if you
depress the brake pedal within 0.5 sec-
ond after pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button from the OFF position.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
5-9
Driving your vehicle
5
Starting the Engine
Information
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
cle, if it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for
the smart key. If the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the " " indicator
will blink and the warning "Key not
in vehicle" will come on and if all
doors are closed, the chime will also
sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using
the ACC position or if the vehicle
engine is ON.
Vehicle with manual transmission:
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to
N (Neutral).
4. Depress the clutch and brake ped-
als.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
Information
Depress the brake pedal and clutch
pedal until the engine starts.
i
i
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may sud-
denly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
WARNING
5-10
Vehicle with automatic transmission :
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the vehicle is shifted to
P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton.
Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains station-
ary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerat-
ing and decelerating should be
avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while start-
ing the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to shift
to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button in an attempt to restart
the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is
blown, you can't start the engine
normally. Replace the fuse with a
new one. If you are not able to
replace the fuse, you can start the
engine by pressing and holding
the Engine Start/Stop button for
10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds
except when the stop lamp switch
fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake and/or clutch pedal
before starting the engine.
NOTICENOTICE
i
Driving your vehicle
5-11
Driving your vehicle
Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key in the direction of the pic-
ture above.
Turning Off the Engine
Vehicle with manual transmission:
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
clutch and brake pedals at the
same time.
2. With the clutch and brake pedals
depressed, put the shift lever in
neutral.
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the off position and apply
the parking brake.
Vehicle with automatic transmission:
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Press the P button to shift to P
(Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the off position and apply
the parking brake.
i
5
OIK057002
5-12
Driving your vehicle
Automatic Transmission
Operation
The automatic transmission has
eight forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN
OIK057003
When you move the shift lever, depress the brake pedal while
pressing the UNLOCK button.
UNLOCK Button
P Button
5-13
Driving your vehicle
5
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument clus-
ter displays the gear position when
the Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral), D (Drive) or Manual shift
mode to P (Park), press the P button.
If you turn off the engine in D (Drive),
R (Reverse) or Manual shift mode
the shifting automatically changes to
P (Park).
When you park the vehicle, press the
P button while depressing the brake
pedal and then apply the parking
brake.
OIK057004
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surround-
ing areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
the vehicle is shifted to the P
(Park) position, then apply the
parking brake, and press the
Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle move-
ment can occur if these pre-
cautions are not followed.
• When using the paddle shifter
(manual mode), do not use
engine braking (shifting from
a high gear to lower gear) rap-
idly on slippery roads. The
vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park), apply the park-
ing brake, and turn the engine
off.
• When parking on an incline,
place the shift lever in P (Park)
and apply the parking brake to
prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
WARNING
5-14
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
rearward.
To move the shift lever to R
(Reverse), press the UNLOCK but-
ton while depressing the brake pedal
and then move the shift lever for-
ward.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine.
Shift into P (Park) if you need to
leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts
to turn off the engine, the transmis-
sion remains in the N (Neutral) posi-
tion and the Engine Start/Stop button
will be in the ACC position.
OIK057005N
OIK057006N
■ D (Drive) → R (Reverse)
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → R (Reverse)
Unlock Button
Unlock Button
Always come to a complete
stop before shifting into or out
of R (Reverse); you may dam-
age the transmission if you shift
into R (Reverse) while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
CAUTION
OIK057007N
■ R (Reverse), D (Drive) → N (Neutral)
5-15
Driving your vehicle
5
To turn off the engine from the ACC
position, press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the ON position, press the
P button, and then press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion.
When either the driver's door or the
front passenger's door is opened
with the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ACC position and the shift lever
in N (Neutral) position, the engine is
automatically turned OFF and the
transmission automatically changes
to the P (Park) position.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through an eight-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing anoth-
er vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
• Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Press the P (Park) but-
ton when idling the vehicle for
an extended period of time.
The wheels and the transmis-
sion are not engaged. When
parked with the engine run-
ning, press the P (Park) button
and apply the parking brake.
• Do not drive with the shift
lever in N (Neutral). Doing so
may result in an accident
because of a loss of engine
braking and the transmission
could be damaged.
WARNING
5-16
Driving your vehicle
To shift into D (Drive), depress the
brake pedal and press the UNLOCK
button on the shift lever. Move the
shift lever rearward.
To shift into D (Drive) from N
(Neutral), you must depress the
brake pedal.
Information
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive).
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic trans-
mission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmis-
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) unless the UNLOCK but-
ton is pressed while depressing the
brake pedal.
To shift from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) :
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive) while pressing the
UNLOCK button.
When the battery is discharged:
You cannot move the shift lever,
when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift lever to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from another
battery to the jump-starting termi-
nals inside the engine compart-
ment.
For more information refer to
"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button two times to select the ON
position.
i
OIK057038N
OIK057039N
■ R (Reverse) → D (Drive)
■ P (Park), N (Neutral) → D (Drive)
Unlock Button
Unlock Button
OIK057040L
5-17
Driving your vehicle
5
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the OFF position.
4. Remove the cap-cover (1) and
press the button (2) while depress-
ing the brake pedal.Then, the gear
will change to the N (Neutral) posi-
tion. The button (2) operates only
for 20 seconds to change the gear
between P (Park) and N (Neutral)
from the time when the button (2)
is first pressed.
Information
In situations when the gear needs to be
shifted from P (Park) to N (Neutral)
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the OFF position, refer to step 4.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the vehicle into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the OFF position.Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
Paddle Shifter
(Manual Shift Mode)
The paddle shifter is available when
the shift lever is in the D (Drive) posi-
tion.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
i
• When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat
and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
• Do not stop or park over flam-
mable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
WARNING
OIK057008
5-18
Driving your vehicle
To change back to the automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do
one of the following:
• Move the shift lever down toward
the D (Drive) position.
• Gently depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 5 seconds.
• Drive the vehicle under 4 mph (7
km/h).
• Pull and hold the right side paddle
shifter.
Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear change
may not occur.
LCD Display Messages
Shifter system malfunction
The message appears on the LCD
display when the transmission or the
shift lever does not properly operate
in the P (Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Check shift lever
The message appears on the LCD
display when there is a malfunction
with one of the key transmission
shifter components.
Immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
i
OIK057042N
OIK057043L
5-19
Driving your vehicle
5
Shifting conditions not met
The message appears on the LCD
display when engine rpm is too high,
or when driving speed is too fast to
shift the gear.
Decrease the vehicle speed or slow
down before shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change
gear
The message appears on the LCD
display when the brake pedal is not
depressed while shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then
shift the gear.
Shift to P after stopping
The message appears on the LCD
display when the gear is shifted to P
(Park) while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
OIK057044L
OIK057045L
OIK057046L
5-20
Driving your vehicle
Press P for park
The message appears on the LCD
display to inform the driver to press
the P button to shift to P (Park) when
the driver moves the shift lever
upward even though the gear is in R
(Reverse).
Check P button
The message appears on the LCD
display when there is problem with
the P button.
Immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Press brake pedal then press P
RELEASE button
The message appears on the LCD
display when the driver presses the
P RELEASE button without depress-
ing the brake pedal.
Depress the brake pedal before
pressing the P RELEASE button.
OIK057053N OIK057047L
OIK057048N
5-21
Driving your vehicle
5
Check P RELEASE button
The message appears on the LCD
display when there is problem with
the P RELEASE button.
Immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Press UNLOCK to change gear
The message appears on the LCD
display when the UNLOCK button is
not pressed while shifting the gear.
Press the UNLOCK button and then
shift the gear.
PARK engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display when the P (Park) position is
engaged.
OIK057049L OIK057050L OIK057051L
5-22
Driving your vehicle
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display when the N (Neutral) position
is engaged.
Good Driving Practices
• Never shift from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to any other position with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
• Never shift into P (Park) when the
vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. If the shift
lever is moved to N (Neutral) while
driving, the vehicle loses the ability
to provide engine braking. Doing
so may increase the risk of an acci-
dent.
Also, moving the shift lever back to
D (Drive) while the vehicle is mov-
ing may severely damage the
transmission.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• When driving in Manual shift mode
with the paddle shifter, slow down
before shifting to a lower gear.
Otherwise, the lower gear may not
be engaged if the engine rpms are
outside of the allowable range.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle decel-
eration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmis-
sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears.On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
OIK057052L
5-23
Driving your vehicle
5
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
Information
- Kickdown
Mechanism
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The automatic transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
i
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH :
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belt-
ed occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Genesis Branded Vehicle rec-
ommends you follow all post-
ed speed limits.
WARNING
5-24
Driving your vehicle
Power Brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping dis-
tance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.
BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, exces-
sive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending down a
long or steep hill, move the
gear shift lever to Manual
Shift Mode and manually
downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed
without using the brake pedal
excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle's ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep
water.To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
ing a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
WARNING
5-25
Driving your vehicle
5
High Performance Brake
(if equipped)
For vehicles equipped with the High
Performance Brake (large-diameter
brembo brakes for enhanced braking
performance), noise such as a
squeal, squeak or groan is generat-
ed while braking. This is normal and
the friction may create circle patterns
on the disc surface. This is also a
normal situation which does not
affect braking performance.
• Occasional brake noise is nor-
mal. If a continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is
present, the brake lining may be
worn-out. Have the vehicle
checked by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products.
• If the vehicle has continuous
vibration or shudder in the
steering wheel while braking,
have the vehicle be checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
Information
Always replace brake pads as com-
plete front or rear axle sets.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
Frequent speeding and braking
may deform components and
worn the disc brake causing
vibration when braking. Prevent
brake damage by avoiding
excessive braking.
Brake wear, noise, vibration
from excessive braking or
deformation of the brakes
caused by repeatedly braking in
high speed, racing on tracks,
etc. can be excluded from war-
ranty coverage.
WARNING
5-26
Driving your vehicle
Parking Brake
Foot type (if equipped)
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle. To apply the
parking brake:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Depress the parking brake pedal
down and it will release automatical-
ly.
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
OIK057140
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
ate the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and
lead to an accident.
WARNING
OIK057140
5-27
Driving your vehicle
5
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the park-
ing brake engaged, warning will
sound. Damage to the parking
brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking sys-
tem and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the parking brake is
released and the Brake Warning
Light is off before driving.
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button to
the ON position (do
not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately.If that is not pos-
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con-
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
NOTICE
• Only release the parking
brake when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the vehicle to neutral (for
manual transmission vehicle)
or P (Park, for automatic
transmission vehicle), apply
the parking brake, and press
the Engine Start/Stop button
to the OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking
brake not fully engaged are at
risk for moving inadvertently
and causing injury to yourself
or others.
• When parking on an incline,
block the wheels to prevent
the vehicle from rolling down.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
WARNING
5-28
Driving your vehicle
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) (if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake), press the EPB
switch in the following condition:
• Place the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
OIK057010
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not oper-
ate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
WARNING
OIK057009
5-29
Driving your vehicle
5
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) automatically:
• Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive).
• Satisfy the following conditions
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened
and the doors, hood and trunk
are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive)
or Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning light goes off.
Information
• For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the Engine Stop/
Start button is in the OFF position,
but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though the
EPB has been released, have the
system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
may be automatically applied
when:
• Requested by other systems
• If the driver turns the engine off
while Auto Hold is operating, EPB
will be automatically applied.
NOTICE
i
5-30
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood and trunk
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfas-
tened and the engine hood or trunk
is opened, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
engaged, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking sys-
tem and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the EPB is released and the
Parking Brake Warning Light is
off before driving.
Information
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is func-
tioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking attendant or assistant,
make sure to inform him/her how to
operate the EPB.
i
NOTICE
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Shift into the P (Park) posi-
tion, press the EPB switch,
and press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF posi-
tion. Take the Smart Key with
you when exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for mov-
ing inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentional-
ly, serious injury may occur.
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
WARNING
OIK057076L
5-31
Driving your vehicle
5
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Parking brake automatically
engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
EPB malfunction indicator
This warning light illuminates if the
Engine Start/Stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the
Engine Start/Stop button is changed
to the ON position, this indicates that
the EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057011/OIK057012
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057077N/OIK057075N
OIK057079N
5-32
Driving your vehicle
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the parking brake warning
light blinks when the EPB warn-
ing light is on, press the switch,
and then pull it up. Repeat this
one more time. If the EPB warn-
ing does not go off, have the
system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency brak-
ing is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
Information
During emergency braking, the park-
ing brake warning light will illumi-
nate to indicate that the system is
operating.
If you continuously notice a noise
or burning smell when the EPB is
used for emergency braking, have
the system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normal-
ly, contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products by load-
ing the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck
and have the system checked.
NOTICE
i
NOTICE
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
WARNING
5-33
Driving your vehicle
5
Auto Hold
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
To apply :
1. With the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk closed, fasten the
driver's seat belt or depress the
brake pedal and then press the
[AUTO HOLD] switch. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will come
on and the system will be in the
standby position.
2. When you stop the vehicle com-
pletely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
To release :
• If you depress the accelerator
pedal with the shift lever in D
(Drive) or Manual shift mode, the
Auto Hold will be released auto-
matically and the vehicle will start
to move. The AUTO HOLD indica-
tor changes from green to white.
• If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
control is operating, the Auto Hold
will be released regardless of
accelerator pedal operation. The
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white. (if equipped
with cruise control system)
When the AUTO HOLD is auto-
matically released by depress-
ing the accelerator pedal, always
take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator
pedal for a smooth start.
WARNING
OIK057014
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee
GG
GG
rr
rr
ee
ee
ee
ee
nn
nn
OIK057013
WW
WW
hh
hh
ii
ii
tt
tt
ee
ee
5-34
Driving your vehicle
To cancel :
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn
off.
Information
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened
and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold auto-
matically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's seat belt is unfastened
and driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened with the
shift lever is in D (Drive)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10
minutes
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope
- The vehicle moves several times
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and a warning sound
and a message will appear to inform
you that EPB has been automatical-
ly engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release parking brake manually
with the EPB switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
i
To prevent, unexpected and sud-
den vehicle movement, ALWAYS
press your foot on the brake
pedal to cancel the Auto Hold
before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Park the vehicle.
WARNING
OIK057015
LL
LL
ii
ii
gg
gg
hh
hh
tt
tt
oo
oo
ff
ff
ff
ff
5-35
Driving your vehicle
5
If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold
is not working properly. Contact
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold
may not work properly.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Warning messages
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, depress the brake
pedal.
NOTICE
NOTICE
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK058077N/OIK058075N
OIK057079N
• Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly when you start the
vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel the
Auto Hold when you drive
downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
WARNING
5-36
Driving your vehicle
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door , hood, and trunk; fas-
ten seatbelt
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door and engine
hood are not closed or the driver's
seat belt is unfastened, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear on the LCD display. At this
moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver's door
and engine hood, and fastening the
seat belt.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
OIK057081N
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehi-
cle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads.
• On roads where the road sur-
face is pitted or has different
surface height.
WARNING
OIK057080L
5-37
Driving your vehicle
5
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or dis-
tance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather con-
ditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-
ty. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steer-
ing wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake sys-
tem may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay
on for several seconds after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON
position. During that time, the ABS
will go through self-diagnosis and the
light will go off if everything is nor-
mal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering.This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
5-38
Driving your vehicle
Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light ( ) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
i
When you drive on a road hav-
ing poor traction, such as an icy
road, and apply your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be
active continuously and the
ABS warning light ( ) may
illuminate. Pull your car over to
a safe place and turn the engine
off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
OIK057016L
OIK057017
■ Type A
■ Type B
If the ABS warning light ( ) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normal-
ly. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as
possible.
WARNING
5-39
Driving your vehicle
5
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle's brakes
and intervenes in the engine man-
agement system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ON position, the ESC and
the ESC OFF indicator lights illumi-
nate for approximately three sec-
onds. After both lights go off, the
ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in opera-
tion, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under rou-
tine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use
when the ESC activates, the
Cruise Control automatically disen-
gages. The Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road condi-
tions allow. See "Cruise Control
System" later in this chapter. (if
equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the sta-
bility and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
WARNING
5-40
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC OFF indicator light and
message "Traction Control disabled"
will illuminate. In this state, the trac-
tion control function of ESC (engine
management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (brak-
ing management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 sec-
onds. The ESC OFF indicator light
and message "Traction and Stability
Control disabled" illuminates and a
warning chime sounds. In this state,
both the traction control function of
ESC (engine management) and the
brake control function of ESC (brak-
ing management) are disabled.
If the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position when
ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
When the Engine Start/Stop button
is pressed to the ON position, the
ESC indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
ever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057084L/OIK057085L
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057082L/OIK057083L
5-41
Driving your vehicle
5
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four
tires and wheels are the same
size. Never drive the vehicle with
different sized wheels and tires
installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
To prevent damage to the trans-
mission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS,and parking brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be cov-
ered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessive-
ly while these lights are dis-
played.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt
to accelerate. NEVER turn the
ESC off while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting in
an accident.
WARNING
5-42
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is a function of the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system. It
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking sud-
denly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four
tires can suddenly become uneven.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve
roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on rough roads.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the
ESC, you may hear sounds from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sen-
sation in the brake pedal.This is nor-
mal and it means your VSM is active.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such
as gradient or incline.
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on or
blinks.
Driving with wheels and tires with dif-
ferent sizes may cause the ESC sys-
tem to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and
wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.
NOTICE
If ESC indicator light ( ) or
EPS warning light ( ) stays on
or blinks, your vehicle may have
a malfunction with the VSM sys-
tem.When the warning light illu-
minates, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The VSM is not a sub-
stitute for safe driving prac-
tices.
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions.The VSM sys-
tem will not prevent acci-
dents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
WARNING
5-43
Driving your vehicle
5
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releas-
es the brake after 2 seconds or when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The HAC does not operate when
the vehicle is shifted to P (Park)
or N (Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not acti-
vate when the ESC has malfunc-
tioned.
Good Braking Practices
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed.Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling for-
ward.
NOTICE
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a com-
plete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Shift
the vehicle to neutral (for manu-
al transmission vehicle) or P
(Park, for automatic transmis-
sion vehicle), apply the parking
brake, and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
Vehicles parked with the park-
ing brake not applied or not
fully engaged may roll inadver-
tently and may cause injury to
the driver and others. ALWAYS
apply the parking brake before
exiting the vehicle.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline.The HAC activates
only for approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
5-44
Driving your vehicle
Using All Wheel Drive (AWD)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
delivers engine power to front and
rear wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving on
slippery, muddy, wet, or snow-cov-
ered roads.
If the system determines there is a
need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed
to all four wheels automatically.
AALLLL WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((AAWWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
If the AWD warning light ( )
stays on the instrument cluster,
your vehicle may have a mal-
function with the AWD system.
When the AWD warning light
( ) illuminates have your
vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products as soon as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cor-
nering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is great-
ly increased if you lose con-
trol of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Always drive safely and use
caution when driving an AWD
vehicle.
WARNING
5-45
Driving your vehicle
5
Information
• Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehi-
cle.
• Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water.
Depress the brake pedal several
times as you move slowly until you
feel normal braking return.
• Shorten your scheduled mainte-
nance interval if you drive in off-
road conditions such as sand, mud
or water (see "Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions" in chap-
ter 7).
• Make sure that an AWD vehicle is
towed by flatbed tow truck.
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use of snow tires is recommended.
For more information on Snow
Tires refer to "Winter Driving" in
this chapter.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• When approaching a stop sign or
stop light, release the accelerator
pedal to provide engine braking
during deceleration.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, avoid running the
engine continuously at high rpm,
doing so may damage the tires,
transmission, differential or AWD
system.
NOTICE
i
5-46
Driving your vehicle
Information
• When using Snow Tires, mount
them on all four wheels.
• When using tire chains, install them
on all four tires. However, if you are
in a situation to use only two tire
chains, install them on the rear tires.
In this case, drive a short distance to
prevent damage to the AWD system.
• If tire chains must be used, use
AutoSock (fabric snow chain) and
install the tire chain after reviewing
the instructions provided with the
tire chains.
For more information on Snow Tires
and Tire Chains, refer to "Winter
Driving" in this chapter.
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driv-
ing downhill.
- Drive slowly and select Manual
Shift Mode to provide engine
braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
Emergency precautions
Tires
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the same
size, type, tread, brand and load-car-
rying capacity.
In an emergency situation, a com-
pact spare tire may be used. But, do
not use the compact spare tire con-
tinuously. Repair or replace the origi-
nal tire as soon as possible to avoid
failure of the differential or AWD sys-
tem.
i
Exercise extreme caution driv-
ing up or down steep hills. The
vehicle may flip depending on
the grade, terrain and water/
mud conditions.
WARNING
Do not use tire and wheel with
different size and type from the
one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehi-
cle,which could lead to steering
failure or rollover causing seri-
ous injury.
WARNING
5-47
Driving your vehicle
5
Tire size mismatch. Check all tire
sizes.
If your vehicle is equipped with differ-
ent tires (size, type, etc.) on the front
and rear, the message will appear.To
use the AWD system, equip the vehi-
cle with the same tires on the front
and rear.
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with all
wheels off the ground, either on a
flatbed tow truck or using doilies.
For more details, refer to "Towing"
in chapter 6.
Vehicle inspection
• If the vehicle needs to be operated
on a vehicle lift do not attempt to
stop any of the four wheels for turn-
ing. This could damage the sys-
tem.
• Never engage the parking brake
while running the engine on a car
lift. This may damage the AWD
system.
Dynamometer testing
An AWD vehicle must be tested on a
special four wheel chassis dynamome-
ter.
Never start or run the engine
while an AWD vehicle is raised
on a jack.The vehicle can slip or
roll off of a jack causing serious
injury or death to you or those
nearby.
WARNING
OIK057056N
OIK057034
5-48
Driving your vehicle
An AWD vehicle should not be tested
on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll
tester must be used, perform the fol-
lowing procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recom-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the rear wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the front wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
Limited Slip Differential refers to a
feature equipped with a mechanism
that controls the differential functions
of the wheels in the rear differential.
The Limited Slip Differential helps
improve handling performance when
circling at high speed.
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
WARNING
OIK057035
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
Temporary Free Roller
LLIIMMIITTEEDD SSLLIIPP DDIIFFFFEERREENNTTIIAALL
((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Never run wheels with one of
them lifted by the jack. It is
extremely dangerous for a vehi-
cle equipped with Limited Slip
Differential.
WARNING
5-49
Driving your vehicle
5
Information
• When the LSD equipped vehicle is
circling, a slight operating sound of
the LSD's inner friction plate may
be generated. This is a normal oper-
ating sound of the LSD.
If the sound gets louder, we recom-
mend that you change the oil.
• Be sure to inject oil for exclusive use
of LSD when replacing Rear
Differential (for LSD) Oil. Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and
capacities" in chapter 8.
The Electronic Control Suspension
(ECS) controls the vehicle suspen-
sion automatically to maximize driv-
ing comfort by taking into account
the driving conditions such as speed,
surface of the road, cornering, stop-
ping requirements and acceleration.
System malfunction
Check Electronic Suspension
If the ECS warning message comes
on, you may have a problem with the
ECS system.
We recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
i
OIK057057N
EELLEECCTTRROONNIICC CCOONNTTRROOLL SSUUSSPPEENNSSIIOONN ((EECCSS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-50
Driving your vehicle
The Launch Control system controls
the vehicle to reduce wheel spin or
slip on a hard acceleration from a
standing start.
Prerequisite for Activation
The Launch Control gets ready to be
activated, when the following prereq-
uisites are satisfied.
• The engine is warmed up.
• Malfunction warning lights related
to the engine and ESC (Electronic
Stability Control) is off.
Launch Control Activation
To activate Launch Control:
1. Select SPORT mode using the
drive mode selection knob.
SPORT indicator will illuminate on
the instrument cluster LCD dis-
play.
2. Turn off ESC by pressing the ESC
OFF button for more than 3 sec-
onds. The ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate on the instrument clus-
ter.
3. Shift to the D (Drive) position.
4. Depress the brake pedal firmly
with your left foot, while depress-
ing the accelerator pedal down
fully with your right foot.Then, the
Engine rpm will reach an opti-
mized level.
The message "Launch Control
Ready" will appear in the instru-
ment cluster LCD display.
5. A smooth, quick release of the
brake pedal, while maintaining full
depression of the accelerator
pedal will initiate launching of the
vehicle.
LLAAUUNNCCHH CCOONNTTRROOLL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK057072L
For safety purposes, check the
following conditions before
using Launch control.
• The driver's seatbelt is fas-
tened.
• All doors, hood and trunk is
closed.
• The vehicle is at a complete
stop.
• Align the steering wheel
straight.
CAUTION
5-51
Driving your vehicle
5
6. During vehicle launching, continue
to depress the accelerator pedal
to keep the Launch Control sys-
tem active until desired duration.
The message "Launch Control
Active" will appear in the cluster
LCD display.
To deactivate (end) Launch
Control, release the accelerator
pedal.
Constant use of Launch Control
can put enormous stress on the
vehicle resulting in premature
wear of related components.
Limited Use of Launch Control
Launch control not available due to
high transmission temperature
A warning message will pop up on
the cluster LCD display if the trans-
mission fluid temperature is above a
certain level while using Launch
Control. Also, Launch Control will be
automatically deactivated.
If this occurs, the driver should cool
down the transmission fluid tempera-
ture by driving the vehicle at a con-
stant speed over 37 mph (60 km/h).
NOTICE
OIK057073L
• The Launch Control system is
intended for use at a closed
race track and not intended
for use on public roads. It will
not compensate for driver's
who are inexperienced or lack
familiarity with the race track.
• Do not use Launch Control
during break-in period of the
vehicle.
CAUTION
OIK057181N
5-52
Driving your vehicle
When certain conditions are met, the
engine is automatically decoupled
from the transmission while the shift
lever is remained in D (Drive). In this
ECO Coasting mode, the engine
stays at idling speed to reduce fuel
consumption and increase coasting
distance.The engine is automatically
coupled back again when ECO
Coasting deactivation conditions are
met. Please refer to ECO Coasting
activation and deactivation condi-
tions.
ECO Coasting Activation
Condition
The ECO Coasting is activated after
depressing and releasing the accel-
erator pedal when:
• The Drive Mode is set to the ECO
mode
• The driver's accelerating style is
SMART ECO in SMART mode
• The shift lever is in D (Drive)
• The Cruise Control/Smart Cruise
Control button is OFF
• The accelerator or brake pedal is
not depressed
• The vehicle's speed is within 35 –
100 mph (55 – 160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is within -5~+5%
range
Information
• The ECO Coasting is activated after
the warming up of the engine and
transmission, and self-diagnosis of
engine sensors are completed.
• Activation of the ECO Coasting
may temporarily be delayed accord-
ing to the driving situation even if
the above conditions are met.
ECO Coasting Deactivation
Condition
The ECO Coasting is deactivated
while the function is in activation
when:
• The Drive Mode is set to the COM-
FORT or SPORT mode
• The driver's accelerating style is
SMART COMFORT or SMART
SPORT in SMART mode
• The Cruise Control/Smart Cruise
Control button is ON (the cruise
indicator is ON)
• The vehicle's speed exceeds 35 –
100 mph (55 – 160 km/h) range
• The road gradient is under -5% or
over +5%
Information
It is recommended to deactivate the
ECO Coasting function if you are
driving under frequently stop-and-go
condition. Change the Drive Mode to
COMFORT or SPORT mode or deac-
tivate the ECO Coasting mode from
the AVN screen.
i
i
EECCOO CCOOAASSTTIINNGG ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-53
Driving your vehicle
5
Setting ECO Coasting
Function
Select 'Settings → Vehicle settings
→ Coasting' on the audio or AVN
screen.Turn the function ON and the
ECO Coasting function will activate.
Information
The ECO Coasting function is ON
when the vehicle is released from the
factory.
ECO Coasting Activation
Indicator
When the ECO Coasting function is
activated 'Coasting' illuminates on
the top of the instrument cluster.
• If the accelerator pedal is
depressed quickly while ECO
Coasting function is in activa-
tion, the sense of acceleration
occurs after the engagement of
the clutch inside the transmis-
sion. And you may feel a delay in
acceleration compare to the sit-
uation when the ECO Coasting
function is not in activation.
• Do not operate the audio or AVN
screen to turn ON/OFF the ECO
Coasting function while driving.
The driver may be distracted
and be dangerous.
NOTICE
i
OIK057150L OIK057151L
5-54
Driving your vehicle
The ISG system is to reduce the fuel
consumption by automatically shut-
ting down the engine, when the vehi-
cle is at a standstill (i.e.red stop light,
stop sign, and traffic jam).
The engine is automatically started
upon satisfying the starting condi-
tions.
The ISG system is always active,
when the engine is running.
Information
When the engine is automatically
started by the ISG system, some warn-
ing lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,
EPS, and parking brake warning
light) may illuminate for a few sec-
onds due to the low battery voltage.
However, it does not indicate a mal-
function with the ISG system.
To Activate the ISG System
Prerequisite for activation
The ISG system operates in the fol-
lowing situations.
- The driver's seatbelt is fastened.
- The driver's door and the hood are
closed.
- The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is between
14 °F and 95 °F (-10 °C and 35 °C).
- The engine coolant temperature is
not too low.
- The system is not in the diagnostic
mode.
Information
• The ISG system is not activated,
when the prerequisites to activate
the ISG system are unsatisfied. In
this case, the ISG OFF button indi-
cator illuminates, and the auto stop
indicator ( ) illuminates in yellow
on the instrument cluster.
• When the above indicator remains
illuminated on the instrument clus-
ter, we recommend that you have
the IGS system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
i
i
IISSGG ((IIDDLLEE SSTTOOPP AANNDD GGOO)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
5-55
Driving your vehicle
5
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop mode
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0
km/h.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the
shift lever in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
The auto stop indicator ( ) illumi-
nates in green on the instrument
cluster, when the engine stops.
Information
The driving speed must reach at least
5 mph (8 km/h) after an idle stop to
stop the engine in idle stop mode
again.
In auto stop mode, when the driver
opens the hood, the ISG system will
be deactivated.
When the system is deactivated:
The ISG OFF button indicator illumi-
nates.
The message, "Auto Stop is Off!.
Start vehicle manually", appears on
the LCD display with a beep sound.
At this time, restart the vehicle man-
ually by depressing the brake pedal
with the vehicle shifted to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). But for your safety,
restart the vehicle in the P (Park)
position.
i
OIK057018N
OIK057019N
OIK057173N
5-56
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
To restart the engine in the auto
stop mode
• Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold (if equipped with
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake))
is activated, if you release the
brake pedal, the engine will be in
the auto stop state. However, if
you depress the accelerator
pedal, the engine will start again.
The auto stop indicator ( ) goes
OFF on the instrument cluster, when
the engine is restarted.
The engine is automatically restart-
ed in the following situations.
• The fan speed of the automatic cli-
mate control system is set above
the 6th position, with the air condi-
tion ON.
• A certain period of time has
elapsed with the air condition ON.
• The defroster is activated.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low.
• The battery is weak.
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or
R (Reverse) when the brake pedal
is depressed or the Auto Hold (if
equipped with EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake)) is activated.
• The door is opened or seat belt is
unfastened when the brake pedal
is depressed or Auto Hold (if
equipped with EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake)) is activated.
• The EPB is pressed when the Auto
Hold is activated. (if equipped with
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake))
The auto stop indicator ( ) blinks
in green for 5 seconds on the instru-
ment cluster.
The auto start is temporarily deac-
tivated in the following situations.
• When the shift lever is shifted from
N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or Manual shift mode with-
out the brake pedal depressed. A
message "Press brake pedal for
Auto Start" will appear on the LCD
display. To activate auto start,
depress the brake pedal.
OIK057086N
5-57
Driving your vehicle
5
To Deactivate the ISG System
• Press the ISG OFF button to deac-
tivate the ISG system. Then, the
ISG OFF button indicator illumi-
nates.
• Press the ISG OFF button again to
reactivate the ISG system. Then,
the ISG OFF button indicator turns
OFF.
ISG System Malfunction
The ISG system may not operate:
When there is a malfunction with the
ISG sensors or the ISG system.
The followings occur, when there is
a malfunction with the ISG system:
• The auto stop indicator ( ) will
blink in yellow on the instrument
cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
Information
• When you cannot turn OFF the ISG
OFF button indicator by pressing the
ISG OFF button, or when the mal-
function with the ISG system per-
sists, contact an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
• You can turn off the ISG OFF but-
ton indicator by driving over 50
mph (80 km/h) for up to 2 hours
with the fan speed below the 2nd
position. If the ISG OFF button
indicator remains ON, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
i
When the engine is in auto stop
mode, the engine may restart.
Before leaving the vehicle or
checking the engine compart-
ment, stop the engine by press-
ing Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position.
WARNING
5-58
Driving your vehicle
The Battery Sensor
Deactivation
The battery sensor is deactivated,
when the battery is disconnected
from the negative pole for mainte-
nance purpose.
In this case, the ISG system is limit-
edly operated due to the battery sen-
sor deactivation. Thus, the driver
needs to take the following proce-
dures to reactivate the battery sen-
sor after disconnecting the battery.
Prerequisites to reactivate the
battery sensor
Keep the engine in the OFF status
for 4 hours, and attempt to restart the
engine 3 to 4 times for the battery-
sensor reactivation.
Pay extreme caution not to connect
any accessories (i.e. navigation and
black box) to the vehicle with the
engine in the OFF status. If not, the
battery sensor may not be reactivat-
ed.
Information
The ISG system may not operate in
the following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
• Use only Genesis/Hyundai ISG
battery for replacement. If not,
the ISG system may not normal-
ly operate.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery
with a general battery charger. It
may damage or explode the ISG
battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap.
The battery electrolyte, which is
harmful to the human body, may
leak out.
NOTICE
i
OIK057041
Battery sensor
5-59
Driving your vehicle
5
Drive Mode
(with Automatic Transmission)
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE selection knob is
rotated.
• SMART mode :
SMART mode automatically
adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔
COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accor-
dance with the driver's driving
habits.
• ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel effi-
ciency for eco-friendly driving.
• COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but
firm riding.
• CUSTOM mode :
The driver can separately adjust
modes of each driving system.
The drive mode will change to COM-
FORT mode when the engine is
restarted, However, except when it is
in ECO mode. ECO mode will be
maintained, as selected when the
engine is restarted.
DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
OIK057021
OIK057058
5-60
Driving your vehicle
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT,
and SPORT by judging
the driver's driving habits (i.e.
Economical or Aggressive) from the
brake pedal depression or the steer-
ing wheel operation.
• Rotate the DRIVE MODE selection
knob to activate SMART mode.
When SMART mode is activated,
the indicator illuminates on the
instrument cluster.
• Vehicle's equipped with a supervi-
sion cluster the indicator illumi-
nates in green, when the driver's
driving is categorized to be eco-
nomical. It illuminates in white,
when the driver's driving is catego-
rized to be normal. It illuminates in
yellow, when the driver's driving is
categorized to be aggressive dur-
ing abrupt braking or sharp curv-
ing.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode.If SMART mode
is desired, re-select SMART mode.
• SMART mode automatically con-
trols the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, riding quality (if equipped
with the electronic suspension sys-
tem), and power distribution (if
equipped with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system), in accordance with
the driver's driving habits.
Information
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the actual
fuel efficiency may differ in accor-
dance with your driving situations
(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehi-
cle deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by abrupt-
ly decelerating or sharply turning
the driving mode changes to SPORT
mode. However, it may adversely
affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a cer-
tain period of time, when you gen-
tly depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
economical.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART NORMAL mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART NORMAL
mode with the same driving pat-
terns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a cer-
tain angle. The driving mode auto-
matically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
i
60$57
5-61
Driving your vehicle
5
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be aggressive.). In this mode,
your vehicle drives in a lower gear
for abrupt accelerating/decelerat-
ing and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains in
lower gear over a certain period of
time for next acceleration. Thus, it
is a normal driving situation, not
indicating any malfunction.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situa-
tions, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART NORMAL mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations.(The OFF indica-
tor illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver manually moves the
shift lever :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver manu-
ally moves the shift lever.
• The cruise control is activated :
The cruise control system may
deactivate the SMART mode when
the vehicle is controlled by the set
speed of the smart cruise control
system. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating the
cruise control system.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high :
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situa-
tions. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature
may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the trans-
mission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
ECO mode
When the drive mode is
set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficien-
cy.
• When ECO mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE MODE selec-
tion knob, the ECO indicator will
illuminate.
• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
when the engine is turned off and
restarted the drive mode setting
will remain in ECO mode.
Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
i
5-62
Driving your vehicle
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may be louder at
some automatic transmission
shifts as down-shift requires press-
ing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is acti-
vated to help improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indi-
cator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor-
mal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle with the
automatic transmission gear shift
lever in manual mode.
The system will be limited accord-
ing to the shift location.
COMFORT mode
COMFORT mode is a
normal drive mode that
provides smooth driving
and comfortable riding.
• When COMFORT mode is select-
ed by rotating the DRIVE MODE
selection knob, the COMFORT
indicator will illuminate.
SPORT
SPORT mode manages
the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver perform-
ance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE MODE selec-
tion knob, the SPORT indicator will
illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode
is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain a little higher for a brief
time even after releasing the
accelerator. This is typical when
the SPORT mode is activated.
- Upshifts are delayed when accel-
erating
Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
i
5-63
Driving your vehicle
5
CUSTOM mode
In CUSTOM mode, the
driver can select sepa-
rate modes and combine
them on the audio or
AVN screen.
- Engine/Transmission: ECO/COM-
FORT/SPORT
- Steering wheel: COMFORT/SPORT
- Suspension: COMFORT/SPORT
- All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system:
ECO/COMFORT/SPORT
For more details, refer to the sep-
arately supplied manual with your
vehicle.
• When CUSTOM mode is selected
by rotating the DRIVE MODE
selection knob, the CUSTOM
mode indicator will illuminate.
Smart shift on trip computer
Select the Trip Computer mode ( )
on the instrument cluster LCD display
and move to the smart shift screen.
Then, the driver can see the drive
mode selected and the drive mode
which is automatically switched by
the SMART mode.
The drive mode selected by the driv-
er (1) and the driving style gauge (2)
showing the driver's driving style are
displayed on the screen.
Driver's style gauge in SMART
mode
With the standard driving style in the
center, the left side of the gauge is
'Economical' and right side is
'Aggressive' style.
When the left side of the driver’s
style gauge is filled up and after a
certain time passes, the SMART
ECO mode is activated automatical-
ly.When the right side of the gauge is
filled up and sporty driving condition
is detected, the SMART SPORT
mode is activated.
To maintain the SMART ECO mode
for fuel efficiency, drive with the left
side of the gauge filled up.
OIK047179N
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057061N/OIK057062N
5-64
Driving your vehicle
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
an indicator on the outer side view
mirrors.
(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning
: Blind spot area
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) range varies relative to
vehicle speed. Note that if your
vehicle is traveling much faster
than the vehicles around you, the
warning will not occur.
(2) Blind-Spot Collision Warning
: Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehi-
cle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed.If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert. Distance
from approaching vehicle can be
seen differently according to the
relative speed.
(3) Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse
below about 6 mph (10 km/h). If
oncoming cross traffic is detected
a warning chime will sound. The
time of alert varies according to
the speed difference between you
and the approaching vehicle.
BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK057138
OIK057139L
OIK057164L
5-65
Driving your vehicle
5
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
Operating conditions
To operate:
Press the BCW switch with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the ON
or START position.
The indicator on the BCW switch will
illuminate.
To cancel:
Press the BCW switch again. The
indicator on the switch will go off.
When the system is not used, turn
the system off by turning off the
switch.
Information
• If the vehicle is turned OFF and
then ON again, the BCW system
returns to the previous state.
• When the system is turned on, the
warning light will illuminate for 3
seconds on the outer side view mir-
ror.
The function will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. The vehicle speed is above
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
3. An oncoming vehicle is detected
in the blind spot area.
i
• Always be aware of road con-
ditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situations
even though the Blind-Spot
Collision Warning system is
operating.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system is not
a substitute for proper and
safe driving. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes or backing up
the vehicle. The Blind-Spot
Collision Warning system may
not detect every object along-
side the vehicle.
WARNING
OIK057033
5-66
Driving your vehicle
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outer side
view mirror.
Once the detected vehicle is no
longer within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off depending on
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
OIK057063
■ Left side
■ Right side
OIK057064
■ Left side
OIK057065
■ Right side
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system
(the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror and/or the
head up display (if equipped) (i.e, in the first stage alert)) AND
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror
and/or the head up display (if equipped) will also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deacti-
vated.
5-67
Driving your vehicle
5
• The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
- To deactivate the warning chime:
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance and deselect Blind-
Spot Collision Warning sound' on
the LCD display.
- To activate the warning chime:
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance and select Blind-Spot
Collision Warning sound' on the
LCD display.
Information
The warning chime function helps
alert the driver. Deactivate this func-
tion only when it is necessary.
Refer to "User Settings mode" in
chapter 3 for more details.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning function monitors approach-
ing cross traffic from the left and right
side of the vehicle when your vehicle
is in reverse.
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance and select Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning' on the LCD
display. (For more information,
refer to "LCD Display" in chapter
3.).
The system will turn on and standby
to activate. The system will activate
when vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
Information
• If the vehicle is turned off and on
again, the RCCW system will return
to the state right before the vehicle
was turned off. Turn the RCCW sys-
tem off when not in use.
• The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) detecting range
is approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20
m). An approaching vehicle will be
detected if their vehicle speed is
within 2.5 - 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings
when backing up your vehicle.
i
i
5-68
Driving your vehicle
Warning type
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warn-
ing chime will sound, the warning
light on the outer side view mirror will
blink and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
Information
• The warning chime will turn off
when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of
the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approach-
ing your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
• The system may not operate proper-
ly due to other factors or circum-
stances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
• If the sensing area near the rear
bumper is blocked by either a wall
or barrier or by a parked vehicle,
the system sensing area may be
reduced.
i
■ Left ■ Right
OIK057067/OIK057068
• The warning light on the outer
side view mirror will illumi-
nate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system and Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning
(RCCW). Do not solely rely on
the system but check your sur-
rounding before changing
lanes or backing the vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check your surround-
ings while driving.
WARNING
5-69
Driving your vehicle
5
• The system may not work prop-
erly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs some-
what according to the width of
the road. When the road is nar-
row, the system may detect
other vehicles in the second
next lane OR when the road is
wide, the system may not detect
other vehicles in the next lane.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
Detecting sensor
The sensors are located inside the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the proper operation of the sys-
tem.
Warning message
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system disabled.
Radar blocked
• This warning message may appear
when :
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
BCW sensor does not detect
another vehicle for an extended
period of time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
NOTICE
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or back-
ing up your vehicle.The Blind-
Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
OIK058066N
OIK057092L
5-70
Driving your vehicle
- A trailer or carrier is installed. To
use the BCW system, remove the
trailer or carrier from your vehicle.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the sys-
tem will turn off automatically.
When the BCW cancelled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the BCW system should operate nor-
mally after about 10 minutes of driv-
ing the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Information
Turn off the system by pressing the
BCW switch and deselecting Rear
Cross Traffic Warning from the User
Settings mode on the cluster, when
using a trailer or carrier behind your
vehicle.
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
i
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057093N/OIK057094N
5-71
Driving your vehicle
5
Non-operating condition
The BCW indicator on the outer
side view mirror may not illumi-
nate properly when:
- The outer side view mirror housing
is damaged.
- The mirror is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is tinted.
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the sys-
tem may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• The vehicle drives on a curved
road or through a tollgate.
• The vehicle is turning left or right at
a crossroads.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in the
luggage compartment, abnormal
tire pressure, etc.
• The vehicle drives in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail, per-
son, animal, etc.
• The vehicle is driven near areas
containing metal substances such
as a construction zone, railroad,
etc.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• When the other vehicle approach-
es very close.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• When the temperature near the
rear bumper area is high or low.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
5-72
Driving your vehicle
• When the detected vehicle also
moves back, as your vehicle drives
back.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart, a baby stroller or pedestrian.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
• When other vehicles are close to
your vehicle.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane to
you.
• When driving through a narrow
road with many trees or bushes.
• When driving through a large area
with few vehicles or structures
around, such as a desert, rural
area, etc.
• When driving on wet surfaces.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
ii
5-73
Driving your vehicle
5
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
help detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian or
cyclist (if equipped) in the roadway
through radar signals and camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if neces-
sary, apply emergency braking.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
• The driver can activate the FCA by
pressing Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position and by selecting :
'User Settings → Driver Assistance
→ Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)'
The FCA deactivates, when the driv-
er deselects the system setting.
FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) system:
• This system is only a supple-
mental system and it is not
intended to,nor does it replace
the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are
limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accor-
dance with the road condi-
tions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sud-
den situations from occur-
ring. The Forward Collision-
Avoidance system may not
always stop the vehicle com-
pletely and is only intended to
help mitigate a collision that
is imminent.
WARNING
5-74
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illumi-
nates on the cluster,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off.
If the warning light remains ON when
the FCA is activated, have the sys-
tem checked by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products.
• The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time on the LCD dis-
play.
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
assistance → Forward Collision
Warning → Early/Normal/Late'.
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the fol-
lowing:
- Early :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated earlier than normal. This
setting maximizes the amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle ahead
before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if the
front vehicle suddenly stops the ini-
tial warning activation time may not
seem fast.
- Normal :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated normally. This setting
allows for a nominal amount of dis-
tance between the vehicle, pedestri-
an or cyclist ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
- Late :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated later than normal.This set-
ting reduces the amount of distance
between the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead before the initial warn-
ing occurs.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light and
when driving speed is slow.
OIK057087N
5-75
Driving your vehicle
5
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA system is on and ready
when FCA is selected on the LCD
display and when the following pre-
requisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is on.
- Driving speed exceeds approxi-
mately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA
is only activated within a certain
speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist in front, which
may collide with your vehicle. (The
FCA may not be activated or may
sound a warning alarm in accor-
dance with the driving situation or
vehicle condition.)
FCA Warning Message and
System Control
The FCA produces warning mes-
sages and warning alarms in accor-
dance with the collision risk levels,
such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-
cle in front, insufficient braking dis-
tance, or pedestrian, cyclist detec-
tion. Also, it controls the brakes in
accordance with the collision risk lev-
els.
The driver can select the initial warn-
ing activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward Collision
Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or
LATE initial warning time.
• Completely stop the vehicle
on a safe location before
operating the switch on the
steering wheel to activate
/deactivate the FCA system.
• The FCA automatically acti-
vates upon pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position. The driver
can deactivate the FCA by
canceling the system setting
on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deacti-
vates upon canceling the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
When the ESC is canceled,
the FCA cannot be activated
on the LCD display. The FCA
warning light will illuminate
which is normal.
WARNING
5-76
Driving your vehicle
Collision Warning
(First warning)
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision.
Emergency Braking
(Second warning)
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision. The brake
control is maximized just before a
collision.
Brake operation
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the dri-
ver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional brak-
ing power for optimum braking per-
formance, when the driver depress-
es the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The FCA braking control is auto-
matically canceled, when risk fac-
tors disappear.
OIK057059L OIK057060L
The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle,whether or not there
is a warning message or alarm
from the FCA system.
CAUTION
5-77
Driving your vehicle
5
FCA Sensor
In order for the FCA system to oper-
ate properly, always make sure the
sensor cover or sensor is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris.
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the sensor cover or sensor may
adversely affect the sensing perform-
ance of the sensor.
• Do not apply license plate frame
or foreign objects such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor.
Doing so may adversely affect
the sensing performance of the
radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and cover clean and free of dirt
and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressur-
ized water directly on the sensor
or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the FCA system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed.
NOTICE
OIK058036N
OIK057031N
■ Front camera
■ Front radar
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such
as the distance from the vehi-
cle, pedestrian or cyclist ahead,
the speed of the vehicle ahead,
and the driver's vehicle speed.
Certain conditions such as
inclement weather and road
conditions may affect the oper-
ation of the FCA system.
WARNING
The FCA braking control cannot
completely stop the vehicle nor
avoid all collisions. The driver
should hold the responsibility
to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive danger-
ously to activate the system.
WARNING
5-78
Driving your vehicle
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the FCA system
may not operate properly. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Use only Genesis/Hyundai parts
to repair or replace a damaged
sensor or sensor cover. Do not
apply paint to the sensor cover.
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front wind-
shield, nor tint the front wind-
shield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunc-
tion of the system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera out of water.
• NEVER disassemble the camera
assembly, nor apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may offset
the system warning sounds.
Information
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The sensor cover or sensor gets
damaged or replaced.
Warning message and warning
light
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA
system operation may stop temporar-
ily. If this occurs, a warning message
will appear on the LCD display.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
i
NOTICE
OIK057090L
5-79
Driving your vehicle
5
System Malfunction
Check Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist system
• When the FCA is not working prop-
erly, the FCA warning light ( )
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few sec-
onds. After the message disap-
pears, the master warning light
( ) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light.
• The FCA is only a supplemen-
tal system for the driver’s con-
venience. The driver should
hold the responsibility to con-
trol the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on the FCA
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed.
• In certain instances and
under certain driving condi-
tions, the FCA system may
activate prematurely. This ini-
tial warning message appears
on the LCD display with a
warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the
front radar sensor or camera
recognition system may not
detect the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead.The FCA sys-
tem may not activate and the
warning message will not be
displayed.
WARNING
OIK057091L
• If there is a malfunction with
the FCA system, the Forward
Collision avoidance assist
system is not applied even
though the braking system is
operating normally.
• If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep a safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
• The FCA system may activate
during braking and the vehi-
cle may stop suddenly shift-
ing loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
• The FCA system may not acti-
vate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid a colli-
sion.
• The brake control may be
insufficient, possibly causing
a collision, if a vehicle in front
abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
5-80
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
monitor the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead on the roadway
through radar signals and camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if neces-
sary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sen-
sor or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist ahead. In these cases, the
FCA system may not operate nor-
mally. The driver must pay careful
attention in the following situations
where the FCA operation may be
limited.
• The FCA system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
• The FCA system cannot
detect the driver approaching
the side view of a parked vehi-
cle (for example on a dead
end street).
In these cases, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce the driv-
ing speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
• Occupants may get injured, if
the vehicle abruptly stops by
the activated FCA system.Pay
extreme caution.
• The FCA system operates
only to detect vehicle, pedes-
trian or cyclist in front of the
vehicle.
• The FCA system may not
operate when the cyclist is
crossing the vehicle’s path.
• The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
• The FCA system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
• The FCA system does not
detect vehicles in the oppo-
site lane.
WARNING
5-81
Driving your vehicle
5
Detecting vehicles
The sensor may be limited when:
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by electro-
magnetic waves
• There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
• The radar/camera sensor recogni-
tion is limited
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a motor-
cycle, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recog-
nition system (for example a tractor
trailer, etc.)
• The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much back-
light that obscures the field of view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when enter-
ing or exiting a tunnel
• Light coming from a street light or
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a pud-
dle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed
• The vehicle in front is driving errat-
ically
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or road
with sudden gradient changes
• The vehicle drives through a con-
struction area, on an unpaved
road, or above metal materials,
such as a railway
• The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• The vehicle in front is moving verti-
cally to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-
tically
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
5-82
Driving your vehicle
- Driving on a curve
The performance of the FCA system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
In certain instances on a curved
road, the FCA system may activate
prematurely.
Also, in certain instances the front
radar sensor or camera recognition
system may not detect the vehicle
traveling on a curved road.
In these cases, the driver must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
The FCA system may recognize a
vehicle in the next lane when driving
on a curved road.
In this case, the system may unnec-
essarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving. If
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the
accelerator pedal to prevent the sys-
tem from unnecessarily decelerating
your vehicle.
- Driving on a slope
The performance of the FCA decreas-
es while driving upward or downward
on a slope, not recognizing the vehi-
cle in front in the same lane. It may
unnecessarily produce the warning
message and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
sage and the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
OAE056100 OAE056101 ODH053094
5-83
Driving your vehicle
5
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, espe-
cially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly.In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA sys-
tem may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, addi-
tional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if nec-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
ODH053095 ODH053098 OIK057142
5-84
Driving your vehicle
Detecting pedestrians or
cyclists (if equipped)
The sensor may be limited when:
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected by the camera recogni-
tion system, for example, if the
pedestrian is leaning over or is not
fully walking upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is moving
very quickly or appears abruptly in
the camera detection area
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wear-
ing clothing that easily blends into
the background, making it difficult
to be detected by the camera
recognition system
• The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g.when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distin-
guish the pedestrian or cyclist from
other objects in the surroundings,
for example, when there is a group
of pedestrians or a large crowd
• There is an item similar to a per-
son's body structure
• The pedestrian or cyclist is small
• The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
• The sensor recognition is limited
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• You are on a roundabout
• The cyclist is crossing the vehicle’s
path
Information
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
i
5-85
Driving your vehicle
5
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
ii
• Do not use the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system when towing a
vehicle. Application of the
FCA system while towing may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed
to detect and monitor the vehi-
cle, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead in the roadway through
radar signals and camera
recognition. It is not designed
to detect, motorcycles, or
smaller wheeled objects such
as luggage bags, shopping
carts, or strollers.
• Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
WARNING
5-86
Driving your vehicle
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-
tem helps detect lane markers on the
road with a front view camera at the
front windshield, and assists the dri-
ver's steering to help keep the vehi-
cle between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and steering
wheel vibration warning, while apply-
ing a slight counter-steering torque,
to try to prevent the vehicle from
moving out of its lane.
LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK057031N
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always be aware of the sur-
rounding and steer the vehicle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system:
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assist-
ed by the system.
• LKA system helps to prevent
the driver from moving out of
the lane unintentionally by
assisting the driver's steering.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always pay attention on the
steering wheel to stay in the
lane.
WARNING
• The operation of the LKA sys-
tem can be canceled or not
work properly according to
road condition and surround-
ings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble the LKA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have
the system checked for cali-
bration.
• When you replace the wind-
shield glass, LKA system
camera or related parts of the
steering wheel, take your
vehicle to an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts and have the system
checked for calibration.
5-87
Driving your vehicle
5
LKA System Operation
To activate/deactivate the LKA sys-
tem:
With the Engine Start/Stop button in
the ON or START position, press the
LKA system switch located on the
instrument panel on the left hand side
of the steering wheel. The indicator
on the LKA switch will illuminate and
the indicator in the cluster display will
initially illuminate white. This indi-
cates the LKA system is in the
READY but NOT ENABLED state.
If you press the LKA button again,
the indicator on the switch and clus-
ter display will go off.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while the
LKA system is activated. If
you continue to drive with
your hands off the steering
wheel after the "Keep hands
on steering wheel" warning
message appears, the system
will stop controlling the steer-
ing wheel.However, if the driv-
er has their hands on the
steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the
steering wheel.
• The steering wheel is not con-
tinuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
speed when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be able to be
controlled by the system. The
driver must always follow the
speed limit when using the
system.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the system
may not assist steering or the
hands off alarm may not work
properly.When you tow a trail-
er, make sure that you turn off
the LKA system.
• The system detects lane lines
and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore,
if the lane lines are hard to
detect, the system may not
work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of
the system".
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA system.
• You may not hear a warning
sound of LKA system
because of excessive audio
sound.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc.The system may malfunc-
tion if the sunlight is reflected.
OIK057032
5-88
Driving your vehicle
The color of indicator will
change depending on the
condition of LKA system.
- White : Sensor does not detect
lane lines or vehicle speed
is under 40mph (64 km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects lane lines
and the system is able to
control vehicle steering.
Information
If the indicator (white) is activated
from the previous ignition cycle, the
system will turn ON without any addi-
tional control. If you press the LKA
switch again, the indicator on the clus-
ter goes off.
LKA system activation
• To see the LKA system screen on
the LCD display in the cluster,
select Assist mode ( ). For more
details, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" in chapter 3.
• When both lane lines are detected
and all the conditions to activate
the LKA system are satisfied, a
green steering wheel indicator will
illuminate and the LKA system
indicator light will change from
white to green. This indicates that
the LKA system is in the
ENABLED state and the steering
wheel will be able to be controlled.
i
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always check the road con-
ditions when driving.
WARNING
OIK057114L
5-89
Driving your vehicle
5
• If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64
km/h) and the system detects lane
markers, the color changes from
gray to white.
• Both lane markers must be detect-
ed for the system to fully activate.
• If your vehicle departs from the
projected lane in front of you, the
LKA system operates as follows:
A visual warning appears on the
cluster LCD display. Either the left
lane marker or the right lane mark-
er in the cluster LCD display will
blink depending on which direction
the vehicle is veering. Also, the
steering wheel will vibrate (if
equipped).
If the steering wheel ( ) appears
on the cluster, the system will help
control the vehicle's steering to
prevent the vehicle from crossing
the lane marker.
Information
If all the conditions to activate LKA is
not satisfied, the system will convert to
LDW(Lane Departure Warning) and
warn the driver only when the driver
crosses the lane marker.
i
■ Lane marker undetected
■ Lane marker detected
OIK057114L/OIK057116L
■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker
OIK057118L/OIK057117L
5-90
Driving your vehicle
Warning Light and Message
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKA system is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
Information
If the steering wheel is held very light-
ly the message may still appear
because the LKA system may not rec-
ognize that the driver has their hands
on the wheel.
Driver's grasp not detected.
LKA system will be disabled
temporarily
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", the system will not control
the steering wheel and warn the driv-
er only when the driver crosses the
lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the sys-
tem will start controlling the steering
wheel.
i
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
WARNING
OIK057120N
OIK057119L
5-91
Driving your vehicle
5
Information
• Even though the steering is assisted
by the system, the driver can still
steer to control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not.
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for a few sec-
onds. If the problem continues the
LKA system failure indicator will illu-
minate.
LKA system failure indicator
The LKA system failure
indicator (yellow) will illu-
minate if the LKA system
is not working properly.
Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton is in the ON or START position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
i
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057121N/OIK057122N
• The driver is responsible for
accurate steering.
• Turn off the system in below
situations.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
WARNING
5-92
Driving your vehicle
The LKA system will not be in the
ENABLED state and/or the steering
wheel will not be assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on, the
steering wheel might be controlled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-
dle of the lane when the system is
turned on or right after changing a
lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Management)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• Vehicle speed is below 35 mph
(56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177
km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road.(e.g.construction area)
• Only one side of the lane marker is
detected.
• Radius of a curve is too small.
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
• The steering wheel is turned sud-
denly.
Limitations of the System
The LKA system may operate pre-
maturely even if the vehicle does not
depart from the intended lane, OR,
the LKA system may not warn you if
the vehicle leaves the intended lane
under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road condi-
tions are poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marker from the road because the
lane marker is covered with dust or
sand.
• It is difficult to distinguish the color
of the lane marker from the road.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane marker
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane marker is indistinct or
damaged.
• The lane marker is merged or
divided. (e.g. tollgate)
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane
markers on the road in front of you.
• The lane marker is very thick or
thin.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• The lane marker ahead is not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road sur-
face, or other factors.
• The shadow is on the lane marker
by a median strip, trees, guardrail,
noise barriers, etc.
• The lane markers are complicated
or a structure substitutes for the
lines such as a construction area.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane marker in a tunnel is
stained with oil, etc.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
5-93
Driving your vehicle
5
When external condition is inter-
vened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel, or when passing
under a bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier, guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
ing on the lane marker.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight, etc.
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the camera lens
is blocked with dirt or debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstruct-
ed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is a system to help pre-
vent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always take the necessary
actions for safe driving prac-
tices.
WARNING
5-94
Driving your vehicle
LKA System Function Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system or
change the LKA system mode
between Standard LKA and Active
LKA from the LCD display. Go to the
'User Settings → Driver Assistance →
Lane safety → Active LKA/Standard
LKA/Lane Departure Warning.
The system is automatically set to
Standard LKA if a function is not
selected.
Active LKA
The Active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the Standard LKA
mode. Active LKA can help reduce
the driver's fatigue to assist the
steering for maintaining the vehicle
in the middle of the lane.
Standard LKA
The Standard LKA mode guides the
driver to help keep the vehicle within
the lanes. It rarely controls the steer-
ing wheel, when the vehicle drives
well inside the lanes. However, it
starts to control the steering wheel,
when the vehicle is about to deviate
out of the lane.
Lane Departure Warning
LDW system alerts the driver with a
visual and steering wheel vibration
warning when the system detects the
vehicle departing the lane.The steer-
ing wheel will not be controlled.
When the vehicle's front wheel con-
tacts the inside edge of lane line,
LKA alerts the driver with the lane
departure warning.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
i
5-95
Driving your vehicle
5
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system is designed as a safety fea-
ture to help reduce drowsy or inat-
tentive driving. The DAW displays a
bar graph that is intended to repre-
sent the driver's attention and fatigue
level while driving.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system is set to be in the
OFF position, when your vehicle is
first delivered to you from the fac-
tory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system, turn on
the engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning →
Off/Normal sensitivity/High sensi-
tivity' on the LCD display.
• The driver can select the mode of
the Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system.
- Off :The Driver Attention Warning
system is deactivated.
- Normal sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning system helps
alert the driver of his/her fatigue
level or inattentive driving prac-
tices.
- High sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning system helps
alert the driver of his/her fatigue
level or inattentive driving prac-
tices faster than Normal mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning system will be main-
tained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
Driver's attention level
DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK057129N
■ System off
OIK057130N
■ Attentive driving
5-96
Driving your vehicle
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when
you select the Assist mode tab ( )
on the LCD display if the system is
activated.For more details,refer to
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter
3.
• The driver's attention level is dis-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat-
tentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a cer-
tain period of time.
• When the driver turns on the sys-
tem while driving, it displays 'Last
Break time' and level.
Take a break
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD dis-
play and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver’s attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system does not suggest
the driver to take a break, when the
total driving time is shorter than 10
minutes.
Resetting the System
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system resets in the follow-
ing situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system operates again,
when the driver restarts driving.
OIK057132L
OIK057131N
5-97
Driving your vehicle
5
System Standby
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system enters the ready status and
displays the 'Standby' screen in the
following situations.
- The camera does not detect the
lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40
mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph
(177 km/h).
System Malfunction
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system
When the warning message
appears, the system is not working
properly. In this case, have the vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products.
• The Driver Attention Warning
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• The system may suggest a
break according to the dri-
ver's driving pattern or habits
even if the driver doesn't feel
fatigue.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
though there is no break sug-
gestion by the Driver Attention
Warning system.
WARNING
OIK057133N OIK057134N
5-98
Driving your vehicle
The Driver Attention Warning sys-
tem utilizes the camera sensor on
the front windshield for its opera-
tion.To keep the camera sensor in
the best condition, you should
observe the followings:
• Do not disassemble the camera
temporarily to tint the window or
to attach any types of coatings
and accessories. If you disas-
semble a camera and assemble
it again, take your vehicle to an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and have the
system checked for calibration.
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front wind-
shield, nor tint the front wind-
shield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunc-
tion of the Driver Attention Alert
(DAW) system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble
the camera assembly, nor apply
any impact on the camera
assembly.
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system may not properly
operate with limited alerting in
the following situations:
• The lane detection perform-
ance is limited. (For more
details, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system" in this
chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven
or is abruptly turned for obsta-
cle avoidance (e.g. construc-
tion area, other vehicles, fallen
objects, bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehi-
cle is severely undermined
(possibly due to wide variation
in tire pressures, uneven tire
wear-out, toe-in/toe-out align-
ment).
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by the
following driving assist sys-
tems:
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may offset
the Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system warning sounds.
CAUTION
5-99
Driving your vehicle
5
Cruise Control Operation
1. Cruise indicator
2. Set speed indicator
The Cruise Control system allows
you to drive at speeds above 20 mph
(30 km/h) without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
During cruise-speed driving of a
manual transmission vehicle, do
not shift into neutral without
depressing the clutch pedal, since
the engine will be overrevved. If
this happens, depress the clutch
pedal or press the cruise control
ON / OFF button.
NOTICE
CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
• Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make
it difficult to drive at a con-
stant speed
- Driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- Driving on hilly or windy
roads
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather
such as fog, snow, rain and
sandstorm)
Take the following precautions:
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
• If the Cruise Control is left on,
(cruise indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illumi-
nated) the Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
Keep the Cruise Control sys-
tem off (cruise indicator light
OFF) when the Cruise Control
is not in use, to avoid inadver-
tently setting a speed.
• Use the Cruise Control sys-
tem only when traveling on
open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Cruise Control
when it may be unsafe to keep
the vehicle at a constant
speed.
WARNING
OIK057157N
5-100
Driving your vehicle
Information
• During normal cruise control opera-
tion, when the SET switch is activat-
ed or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will ener-
gize after approximately 3 seconds.
This delay is normal.
• Before activating the cruise control
function, the system will check to
verify that the brake switch is oper-
ating normally. Depress the brake
pedal at least once after turning ON
the ignition or starting the engine.
To set Cruise Control speed
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise indicator will illumi-
nate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
Information
- Manual
transmission
For manual transmission vehicles, you
should depress the brake pedal at
least once to set the cruise control
after starting the engine.
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it. The set
speed on the LCD display will illu-
minate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may
slightly slow down or speed up, while
driving uphill or downhill.
i
i
i
OIK057023
OIK057022L
5-101
Driving your vehicle
5
To increase Cruise Control
speed
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)
and hold it, while monitoring the
set speed on the instrument clus-
ter.
Release the toggle switch when
the desired speed is shown and
the vehicle will accelerate to that
speed.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h) each time the tog-
gle switch is operated in this man-
ner.
• Depress the accelerator pedal.
When the vehicle attains the
desired speed, push the toggle
switch down (SET-).
To decrease Cruise Control
speed
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)
and hold it.Your vehicle will gradual-
ly slow down. Release the toggle
switch at the speed you want to
maintain.
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggle
switch is operated in this manner.
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired
speed, push the toggle switch
down (SET-).
OIK057024 OIK057023
5-102
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with
the Cruise Control ON
Depress the accelerator pedal.When
you take your foot off the accelerator,
the vehicle will return to the previ-
ously set speed.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at the increased speed, the
Cruise Control will maintain the
increased speed.
Cruise Control will be canceled
when:
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Depressing the clutch pedal. (for
manual transmission vehicle)
• Pressing the CANCEL button
located on the steering wheel.
• Moving the shift lever into N
(Neutral).(for automatic transmis-
sion vehicle)
• Decreasing the vehicle speed to
less than approximately 20 mph
(30 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is operating.
• Downshifting to the 2nd gear in
manual shift mode. (for automatic
transmission vehicle)
Information
Each of the above actions will cancel
Cruise Control operation (the set
speed on in the instrument cluster will
go off), but only pressing the CRUISE
button will turn the system off. If you
wish to resume Cruise Control opera-
tion, push the toggle switch up (RES+)
located on your steering wheel. You
will return to your previously preset
speed, unless the system was turned off
using the CRUISE button.
i
OIK057025
5-103
Driving your vehicle
5
To resume preset Cruising
speed
Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If
the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30
km/h), the vehicle will resume the
preset speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
• Press the CRUISE button (the
cruise indicator light will go off).
• Turn the vehicle OFF.
OIK057024
OIK057022L
5-104
Driving your vehicle
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ Set speed
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD
display in the cluster, select Assist
mode ( ). For more details, refer to
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
The Smart Cruise Control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and mini-
mum distance between the vehicle
ahead.
The Smart Cruise Control system
will automatically adjust your vehicle
speed to maintain your programmed
speed and following distance without
requiring you to depress the acceler-
ator or brake pedals.
SSMMAARRTT CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL WWIITTHH SSTTOOPP && GGOO SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
OIK057071N
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a conven-
ience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, (cruise indicator light
in the instrument cluster is
illuminated) the Smart Cruise
Control can be activated unin-
tentionally. Keep the Smart
Cruise Control system off
(cruise indicator light OFF)
when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed.
• Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make
it difficult to drive at a con-
stant speed
WARNING
5-105
Driving your vehicle
5
Smart Cruise Control Switch
CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys-
tem on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-
trol speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise indicator will illumi-
nate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set as follows:
• 20 – 120 mph (30 - 200 km/h) :
when there is no vehicle in front
• 0 – 120 mph (0 - 200 km/h) :
when there is a vehicle in front
- Driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- Driving on a steep downhill
or uphill
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving in parking lots
- Driving near crash barriers
- Driving on a sharp curve
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weath-
er, such as fog, snow, rain or
sandstorm)
- The vehicle's sensing ability
decreases due to vehicle
modification, resulting in a
level difference of the vehi-
cle's front and rear
• Unexpected situations may
lead to possible accidents.
Pay attention continuously to
road conditions and driving
even when the smart cruise
control system is being oper-
ated.
OIK057022L
OIK057163L
5-106
Driving your vehicle
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-). The Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the
LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati-
cally be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
Information
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• When you are setting the cruise con-
trol speed, with a vehicle in front
and your vehicle speed is between
0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h ), the speed
will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase by
1 mph (1 km/h) each time you
move the toggle switch up in this
manner.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and hold it.Your vehicle set speed
will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
You can set the speed to 120 mph
(200 km/h).
i
OIK057024
OIK057023
5-107
Driving your vehicle
5
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it immediately.
The cruising speed will decrease
by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you
move the toggle switch down in
this manner.
• Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and hold it.Your vehicle set
speed will decrease by 5 mph (10
km/h). Release the toggle switch
at the speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at increased speed, the cruis-
ing speed will be set again pedal.
OIK057023
Check the driving condition
before using the toggle switch.
Driving speed sharply increas-
es, when you push up and hold
the toggle switch.
CAUTION
Be careful when accelerating
temporarily, because the speed
is not controlled automatically
at this time even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
CAUTION
5-108
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control set speed
will be temporarily canceled
when:
Canceled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pushing the CANCEL button locat-
ed on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off
temporarily when the Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated
continuously.
Canceled automatically
• The driver's door is opened.
• The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral),
R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 130 mph
(210 km/h).
• The vehicle stops on a steep incline.
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time.
• The vehicle stops and goes repeat-
edly for a long period of time.
• The accelerator pedal is continu-
ously depressed for a long period
of time.
• The engine performance is abnor-
mal.
• Engine rpm is in the red zone.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after the vehicle is
stopped by the Smart Cruise
Control system with no other vehi-
cle ahead.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelera-
tor pedal, after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) is activated.
Each of these actions will cancel the
Smart Cruise Control operation. The
Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance on the LCD display will go
off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is cancelled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- toggle switch is pushed.
OIK057025
5-109
Driving your vehicle
5
Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled
by other than the reasons mentioned,
have the system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warn-
ing chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
If any method other than the cruise
toggle switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the toggle switch up (RES+) or
down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehi-
cle speed drops below 20 mph (30
km/h), it will resume when there is a
vehicle in front of your vehicle.
To turn Cruise Control off
• Push the CRUISE button (the
cruise indicator light will go off).
If you wish not to use the cruise
control system, always turn the
system off by pushing the CRUISE
button.
i
OIK057022L
OIK057096N
Always check the road condi-
tions when you push the toggle
switch up (RES+) to resume
speed.
CAUTION
5-110
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-
to-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
When the Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem is ON, you can set and maintain
the distance from the vehicle ahead
of you without pressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal.
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance is maintained
as follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet
Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet
Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet
Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
Information
The distance is set to the last set dis-
tance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
When the lane ahead is clear:
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
i
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
OIK057104N
OIK057030
5-111
Driving your vehicle
5
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the select-
ed distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving condi-
tions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
• Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may offset
the system warning sounds.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control system:
• The warning chime sounds
and the Vehicle-to Vehicle
Distance indicator blinks if
the vehicle is unable to main-
tain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
depress the brake pedal to
actively adjust the vehicle
speed, and the distance to the
vehicle ahead.
WARNING
OIK057105N
Distance 4 Distance 3
Distance 1
Distance 2
OIK057099N/OIK057101N/OIK057102N/OIK057103N
5-112
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
• In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts
moving, your vehicle will start as
well. However, if the vehicle stops
for more than 3 seconds, you must
depress the accelerator pedal or
push up the toggle switch (RES+)
or push down the toggle switch
(SET-) to start driving.
• If you push the smart cruise control
toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while
Auto Hold and advanced smart
cruise control is operating the Auto
Hold will be released regardless of
accelerator pedal operation and
the vehicle will start to move. The
AUTO HOLD indicator changes
from green to white.
OIK057107L
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph (30
km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message "Watch
for surrounding vehicles" will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
CAUTION
OIK057106L
5-113
Driving your vehicle
5
Sensor to Detect Distance to
the Vehicle Ahead
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
sensor to detect distance to the vehi-
cle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Warning message
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the
Smart Cruise Control system opera-
tion may stop temporarily. If this
occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display. Remove
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean
the radar sensor lens cover before
operating the Smart Cruise Control
system. The Smart Cruise Control
system may not properly activate, if
the radar is totally contaminated, or if
any substance is not detected after
turning on the engine (e.g. in an
open terrain).
Information
For the SCC operation is temporarily
stopped if the radar is blocked, but
you wish to use conventional cruise
control mode (speed only control func-
tion), you must convert to the cruise
control mode (refer to "To convert to
Cruise Control mode" in the following
page).
i
OIK057108L
• Do not apply license plate
frame or foreign objects such
as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor. Doing so may
adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and lens cover clean and free
of dirt and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash
the vehicle.Do not spray pres-
surized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
CAUTION
OIK058036N
5-114
Driving your vehicle
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded products
and have the system checked.
To Adjust the Sensitivity of
Smart Cruise Control
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →
Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction
→ Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD
display. You may select one of the
three stages you prefer.
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
■ Type A ■ Type B
OIK057109L/OIK057110L
OIK057097N
• Be careful not to apply unnec-
essary force on the radar sen-
sor or sensor cover. If the sen-
sor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the Smart
Cruise Control system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around
the radar sensor, the Smart
Cruise Control System may
not operate properly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Use only Genesis/Hyundai
parts to repair or replace a
damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
5-115
Driving your vehicle
5
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
Information
The last selected speed sensitivity of
the smart cruise control is remained in
the system.
To Convert to Cruise Control
Mode
The driver may choose to switch to
use the conventional Cruise Control
mode (speed only control function)
by following these steps:
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise ( ) indi-
cator will illuminate.
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-to-
Vehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is used after the engine is
turned on, the Smart Cruise Control
mode will turn on.
i
When using the conventional
Cruise Control mode, you must
manually adjust the distance to
other vehicles by depressing
the brake pedal. The system
does not automatically adjust
the distance to vehicles in front
of you.
WARNING
5-116
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
On curves
• The Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road con-
ditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
OAE056101
OAE056100
5-117
Driving your vehicle
5
On inclines
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Lane changing
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The radar may not detect immedi-
ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will acceler-
ate to the set speed.
Detecting vehicles
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile
such as trailers with no loads
OAE056104OIK057143 OAE056103
5-118
Driving your vehicle
A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-
nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operat-
ing
- When driving to one side of the
lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or
on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
ed, drive with caution.
• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of
you merges out of the lane, the
system may not immediately
detect the new vehicle that is now
in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
OAE056109OAE056108
5-119
Driving your vehicle
5
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles car-
rying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
OAE056110 OIK057142
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following pre-
cautions:
• If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes.The vehicle cannot be
stopped at every emergency
situation by using the Smart
Cruise Control system.
• Keep a safe distance accord-
ing to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
• The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians or
an oncoming vehicle. Always
look ahead cautiously to pre-
vent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
WARNING
5-120
Driving your vehicle
Information
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not operate temporarily due to:
• Electrical interference
• Modifying the suspension
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure
• Installing different type of tires
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
ed or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
i
i
i
• Vehicles moving in front of
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
the system's reaction or may
cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
• Always be aware of the select-
ed speed and vehicle to vehi-
cle distance. The driver
should not solely rely on the
system but always pay atten-
tion to driving conditions and
control your vehicle speed.
• The Smart Cruise Control sys-
tem may not recognize com-
plex driving situations so
always pay attention to driv-
ing conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
5-121
Driving your vehicle
5
Hazardous Driving Conditions
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the
below suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnec-
essary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or
other non-slip materials under the
wheels to provide additional trac-
tion while the vehicle becomes
stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
Rocking the Vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a for-
ward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelera-
tor pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission/dual clutch trans-
mission while driving on slip-
pery surfaces can cause an
accident.The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when down-
shifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and
excessive wheel spin occurs,
the temperature in the tires can
increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow
out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous -
you and others may be injured.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle,
the vehicle can overheat quickly,
possibly causing an engine
compartment fire or other dam-
age. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the
tires or the engine. DO NOT
allow the vehicle to spin the
wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
WARNING
5-122
Driving your vehicle
Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, pos-
sible damage to the transmission,
and tire damage. See "Towing" in
chapter 6.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving at Night
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more dis-
tance between you and other vehi-
cles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's head-
lamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra follow-
ing distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increas-
es the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Tires should be properly main-
tained with at least 2/32nds of an
inch of tread depth. If your tires do
not have enough tread, making a
quick stop on wet pavement can
cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See "Tire
Replacement" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
NOTICE
i
5-123
Driving your vehicle
5
• Driving too fast through large pud-
dles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driv-
ing until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increas-
es as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to "Tire
Replacement" in chapter 7.
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them sev-
eral times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or
damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged
tires, which may reduce traction or
adversely affect vehicle handling.
This could lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as speci-
fied on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
Driving at higher speeds on the high-
way consumes more fuel and is less
efficient than driving at a slower,
more moderate speed. Maintain a
moderate speed in order to conserve
fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine
coolant level and the engine oil
before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
i
In a rollover crash, an unbelted
person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wear-
ing a seat belt. Make sure all
passengers are wearing their
seat belts.
WARNING
5-124
Driving your vehicle
WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG
The severe weather conditions of
winter quickly wear out tires and
cause other problems. To minimize
winter driving problems, you should
take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
Standard tire Recommended snow tire
Front Rear Front Rear
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
Tire size
Wheel
size
225/45R18 8.0Jx18 225/45R18 8.0Jx18 225/45R18
8.0Jx18 225/45R18 8.0Jx18
225/40ZR19
8.0Jx19
255/35ZR19
8.5Jx19 225/40R19 8.0Jx19 255/35R19 8.5Jx19
We recommend you use snow tires when road temperature is below 45°F
(7°C). Refer to the below chart, and mount the recommended snow tire for
your vehicle.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use the same inflation
pressure as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance
your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by
snow tires on dry road may not be as high as your vehicle's original equip-
ment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal reg-
ulations for possible restrictions against their use.
i
5-125
Driving your vehicle
5
Summer tires
• Summer tires are used to maxi-
mize the driving performance on
dry roads.
• If the temperature is below 44°F
(7°C) or you are driving on snowy
or icy roads, the summer tires lose
their brake performance and trac-
tion as the tire grip weakens signif-
icantly.
• If the temperature is below 44°F
(7°C) or you are driving on snowy
or icy roads, mount snow tires or
all-season tires of the same size
with your vehicle's standard tire for
safe driving. Both snow and all-
season tires have M+S markings.
• When using the M+S tires, use
tires with the same tread produced
by the same manufacturer for safe
driving.
• When driving with the M+S tires
with the lower maximum allowable
speed than that of the vehicle's
standard summer tire, be careful
not to exceed the speed allowed
for the M+S tires.
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls on some radial
tires are thinner than other types of
tires, they may be damaged by
mounting certain types of tire chains
on them.Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; if unavoidable use
AutoSock
®
(fabric snow chain or sim-
ilar).Install the tire chain after review-
ing the instructions provided with the
tire chains. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper tire chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manu-
facturer’s warranty.
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
The use of AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain) may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph (30
km/h) or the chain manufac-
turer's recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
WARNING
OIK057144
5-126
Driving your vehicle
Information
• Install AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain) on the rear tires. It should be
noted that installing AutoSock
®
(fabric snow chain) on the tires will
provide a greater driving force, but
will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
Chain Installation
When installing AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), follow the manufactur-
er's instructions and mount them as
tightly as possible. Drive slowly (less
than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains con-
tacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make con-
tact, slow down until the noise stops.
Remove the AutoSock
®
(fabric snow
chain) as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain), park the vehicle on
level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emer-
gency warning device behind the
vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing tire
chains.
When using AutoSock
®
(fabric
snow chain):
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, sus-
pension, body and wheels.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
AutoSock
®
is a Registered trade-
mark of AutoSock.
NOTICE
i
5-127
Driving your vehicle
5
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
ing system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing.Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a service sta-
tion.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instruc-
tions on the container.Window wash-
er anti-freeze is available from an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products and most auto
parts outlets. Do not use engine
coolant or other types of anti-freeze
as these may damage the paint fin-
ish.
5-128
Driving your vehicle
Do not let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position.This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear selector lever in P
and block the rear wheels so the car
cannot roll.Then release the parking
brake.
Do not let ice and snow accu-
mulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering.When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering com-
ponents is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine com-
partment
Placement of foreign object or mate-
rials which prevent cooling of the
engine, in the engine compartment,
may cause a failure or combustion.
The manufacturer is not responsible
for the damage caused by such
placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice.If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
5-129
Driving your vehicle
5
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiar-
ize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifica-
tions and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or option-
al equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your deal-
er plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passen-
gers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
VVEEHHIICCLLEE LLOOAADD LLIIMMIITT
5-130
Driving your vehicle
Tire Loading Information Label
OIK057174N
■ Type A
OIK057178N
■ Type D
OIK057177N
■ Type C
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
OIK057176N
■ Type B
OIK057179N
■ Type E
5-131
Driving your vehicle
5
Vehicle capacity weight
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-
mum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
Seating capacity
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The com-
bined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity.For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and lug-
gage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-
er, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehi-
cle.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehi-
cle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an acci-
dent.
WARNING
5-132
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Example 2
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Example 3
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
+
≥≥
≥≥
≥≥
+
+
5-133
Driving your vehicle
5
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver’s door sill at the center pil-
lar and shows the maximum allow-
able weight of the fully loaded vehi-
cle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi-
mum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
OBH059070
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle’s tires and possible
tire failure, increased stop-
ping distances and poor vehi-
cle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
WARNING
5-134
Driving your vehicle
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by your warranty. Do
not overload your vehicle.
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
NOTICE
TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle.Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suit-
cases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
WARNING
What to do in an emergency
6
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing........6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-2
If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3
Jump Starting..........................................................6-4
Push-starting .....................................................................6-6
If the Engine Overheats........................................6-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale............................................6-10
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display
with Position Indicator...................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12
If You Have a Flat Tire (With Spare Tire)........6-14
Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14
Changing Tires ................................................................6-15
If You Have a Flat Tire
(With Tire Mobility Kit).......................................6-21
Introduction ......................................................................6-21
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-23
Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-24
Towing ...................................................................6-27
Towing Service.................................................................6-27
Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-28
Emergency Towing..........................................................6-29
Tie-down Hook................................................................6-31
6-2
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exer-
cise extreme caution when approach-
ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-
cle.
It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the
left and right turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-
ates whether your vehicle is run-
ning or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cau-
tiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again.If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or seek other
qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR
What to do in an emergency
IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY
WWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG
OIK067001
6-3
What to do in an emergency
Do not apply the brakes immedi-
ately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
When the vehicle has slowed to
such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm, level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
shift the vehicle to P (Park, for
automatic transmission vehicle) or
neutral (for manual transmission
vehicle), apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
If the Engine Doesn't Turn
Over or Turns Over Slowly
• Be sure to shift the vehicle to N
(Neutral) or P (Park) if it is an auto-
matic transmission vehicle. The
engine starts only when the vehicle
is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn't Start
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
6
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTT SSTTAARRTT
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic con-
verter to overload which can
lead to damage to the emission
control system.
CAUTION
6-4
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
NOTICE
i
JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
WARNING
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignit-
ed.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
Pb
6-5
What to do in an emergency
6
Jump starting procedure
Information
Your vehicle has a battery in the trunk
compartment, but when you jump
start your vehicle, use the jumper ter-
minal in the engine compartment.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc.Put the vehicles in P (Park, for
automatic transmission vehicle) or
neutral (for manual transmission
vehicle), and apply the parking
brake.Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Open the engine hood.
5. Remove the engine room fuse box
cover.
6. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illus-
tration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
7. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
8. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
i
OIK067004
6-6
What to do in an emergency
9. Connect the other end of the sec-
ond jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor-
rect battery or jumper terminals or
the correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
10. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approxi-
mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-
utes.Then start your vehicle.
11. Operate your vehicle for at least
30 minutes of driving or at least 60
minutes of engine running at idle
before shutting off the engine.
Without sufficient time to charge
the battery the vehicle will reoccur
another no start.You can also visit
your nearest Dealer to request the
battery be charged and tested.
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, neg-
ative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transmission cannot be push-start-
ed.
Follow the directions in this chapter
for jump-starting.
If your temperature gage indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be over-
heating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park, for
automatic transmission vehicle) or
neutral (for manual transmission
vehicle), and apply the parking
brake.If the air conditioning is ON,
turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is com-
ing out from the hood, stop the
engine.Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating.If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS
6-7
What to do in an emergency
6
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehi-
cle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the mov-
ing parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent seri-
ous injury.
WARNING
Serious loss of coolant indi-
cates a leak in the cooling sys-
tem and should be checked as
soon as possible by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
CAUTION
Your vehicle is
equipped with a pres-
surized coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the engine
coolant reservoir tank/radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are HOT.
Hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure, caus-
ing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the engine coolant reservoir
tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel
or thick rag around it,and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to
release some of the pressure
from the system. Step back
while the pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, contin-
ue turning the cap counter-
clockwise to remove it.
WARNING
6-8
What to do in an emergency
TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS))
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS
Malfunction Display (shown on
the cluster LCD display)
Check Tire Pressure
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode"
section in chapter 3.
• A "Drive to display" message will
appear for the first few minutes of
driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed
after a few minutes of driving,
check the tire pressures.
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gage.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User
Settings Mode" section in
chapter 3).
OIK067024N
OIK067006
OIK067025L
6-9
What to do in an emergency
6
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. If your
vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-
ciency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-
nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-
bility to maintain correct tire pres-
sure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumina-
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS mal-
function indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximate-
ly one minute and then remain con-
tinuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehi-
cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pres-
sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function proper-
ly.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
6-10
What to do in an emergency
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when
the Engine Start/Stop button is
placed to the ON position or
engine is running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blink-
ing for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD dis-
play remains illuminated.
Low Tire Pressure
Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD
Display with Position Indicator
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illumi-
nated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is signifi-
cantly under-inflated. The LCD posi-
tion indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illu-
minating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indi-
cated as being low, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cor-
nering, and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as pos-
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehi-
cle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side cen-
ter pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
Information
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
i
NOTICE
OIK067025L
6-11
What to do in an emergency
6
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will illuminate after it blinks
for approximately one minute when
there is a problem with the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products as soon as possi-
ble.
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pres-
sures in the cluster LCD display
will not be available. Have the sys-
tem checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts as soon as possible.
NOTICE
In winter or cold weather, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may
be illuminated if the tire pres-
sure was adjusted to the recom-
mended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunc-
tioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a propor-
tional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
CAUTION
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pres-
sure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
WARNING
6-12
What to do in an emergency
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public
offices, broadcasting stations,
military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow
chains are used or electronic
devices such as computers, charg-
ers, remote starters, navigation,
etc.This may interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire
repaired by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible or replace the flat tire
with the spare tire.
The spare tire (if equipped) does not
come with a tire pressure monitoring
sensor.When the low pressure tire or
the flat tire is replaced with the spare
tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD posi-
tion indicator will remain on.
Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator
will illuminate after blinking for one
minute if the vehicle is driven at
speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for
approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pres-
sure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few min-
utes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after
a few minutes, please visit an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serv-
iced by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
NOTICE
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products to repair
and/or inflate a low pressure
tire. Tire sealant not approved
by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products may
damage the tire pressure sen-
sor.
CAUTION
6-13
What to do in an emergency
6
You may not be able identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gage to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that a
tire that is hot (from being driven) will
have a higher pressure measure-
ment than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
i
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instabil-
ity, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
WARNING
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
WARNING
6-14
What to do in an emergency
Jack and Tools
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same com-
partment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from "rattling", store them in their
proper location.
IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH SSPPAARREE TTIIRREE,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
Changing a tire can be danger-
ous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
WARNING
OIK067036L
OIK067037L
Be careful as you use the jack
handle to stay clear of the flat
end. The flat end has sharp
edges that could cause cuts.
CAUTION
6-15
What to do in an emergency
6
If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-
down wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the jack handle.
1. Put the jack handle (1) inside of
the tire hold-down wing bolt.
2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the jack
handle.
Changing Tires
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety pre-
cautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a level,
firm place off the road, call a
towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack pro-
vided with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking sup-
port.
WARNING
OIK067038L
Do not touch luggage
room metal surface
while the engine is
operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until it cools down or wear
gloves to remove the spare tire
from the luggage room.
WARNING
6-16
What to do in an emergency
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park, auto-
matic transmission vehicle) or
neutral (for manual transmission
vehicle), apply the parking brake,
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
terclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are chang-
ing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two notches. Never jack at any
other position or part of the vehi-
cle. Doing so may damage the
side seal molding or other parts of
the vehicle.
OIK067034L OIK067035L
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
6
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them
with your fingers. Remove the
wheel from the studs and lay it flat
on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from
the studs, mounting surfaces, and
wheel.
10. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
11.Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-
gers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts clos-
est to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle coun-
terclockwise.
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, have an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products tighten the lug nuts to
their proper torque as soon as
possible. The wheel lug nut
should be tightened to 79~94
lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
OLF064013OIK067033L
6-18
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gage, check the tire
pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in
chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc-
tions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper stor-
age locations.
• Check the tire pressure as soon
as possible after installing a
spare tire. Adjust it to the rec-
ommended pressure.
• Check and tighten the wheel lug
nuts after driving over 30 miles
(50 km) if tires are replaced.
Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts
after driving over 600 miles
(1,000 km).
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-
ment is damaged or in poor condi-
tion, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
(if equipped)
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
NOTICE
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing that
the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the
studs and ensure the wheel is
properly secured to the hub.
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products for
assistance.
CAUTION
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control pos-
sibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the com-
pact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid fail-
ure of the compact spare tire.
WARNING
6-19
What to do in an emergency
6
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the com-
pact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn com-
pact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
When the original tire and wheel
are repaired and reinstalled on the
vehicle,the lug nut torque must be
set correctly. The correct lug nut
tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft
(11~13 kgf·m).
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the com-
pact spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the
road conditions to avoid all
hazards, such as a potholes
or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diame-
ter is smaller than the diame-
ter of a conventional tire and
reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because
of the smaller size, a tire chain
will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the com-
pact spare wheel.
CAUTION
6-20
Jack label
What to do in an emergency
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
■ Example
OHYK065011
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3.When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4.When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6.The designated locations under
the frame
7.When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-
tion on vehicles with automatic
transmission.
9.The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
6-21
What to do in an emergency
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and the tire should be
inspected by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products as soon
as possible.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The compressor and sealing com-
pound system effectively and com-
fortably seals most punctures in a
passenger car tire caused by nails
or similar objects and reinflates the
tire.
After you ensure that the tire is prop-
erly sealed you can drive cautiously
on the tire (distance up to 120 miles
(200 km)) at a max.speed of (50mph
(80 km/h)) in order to reach a service
station or tire dealer for the tire
replacement.
It is possible that some tires, espe-
cially with larger punctures or dam-
age to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH TTIIRREE MMOOBBIILLIITTYY KKIITT,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
6
OIK067027
One sealant bottle for one tire
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the tire mobility kit
because the supported one
sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is
only used for one flat tire.
CAUTION
Tire wall
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls.This can result in an acci-
dent due to tire failure.
WARNING
Temporary fix
Have your tire repaired as soon
as possible. The tire may lose
air pressure at any time after
inflating with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
WARNING
6-22
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only.
This instruction shows you step by
step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the
road so that you can work with the
Tire Mobility Kit away from moving
traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you’re on fairly
level ground, always set your park-
ing brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car
tires.Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the tire mobil-
ity kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-
cles or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are dam-
aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit
for your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 inch (6
mm).
Please contact the nearest author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products if the tire cannot be made
roadworthy with the Tire Mobility
Kit.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit, if a
flat tire or an under-inflated tire is
further severely damaged by being
continuously driven.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise
operating the compressor may
eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor run-
ning for more than 10 minutes at a
time or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if
the ambient temperature is below
-22°F (-30°C).
• In case of skin contact with the
sealant, wash the area thoroughly
with plenty of water. If the irritation
persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the
sealant, flush your eyes for at least
15 minutes.If the irritation persists,
seek medical attention.
• In case of swallowing the sealant,
rinse the mouth and drink plenty of
water. However, never give any-
thing to an unconscious person
and seek medical attention imme-
diately.
• Long time exposure to the sealant
may cause damage to bodily tissue
such as kidney, etc.
What to do in an emergency
6-23
What to do in an emergency
0. Speed restriction label
1.Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
3. Connectors and cable for power
outlet direct connection
4. Holder for the sealant bottle
5. Compressor
6. ON/OFF switch
7. Pressure gage for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
8. Button for reducing tire inflation
pressure
9. Hose to connect compressor and
sealant bottle or compressor and
wheel
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
Strictly follow the specified
sequence, otherwise the sealant
may escape under high pressure.
6
OEL069020
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
Do not use the tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
pasted the expiration date on
the sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
WARNING
6-24
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
1. Detach the speed restriction label
(0) from the sealant bottle (1), and
place it in a highly visible place
inside the vehicle such as on the
steering wheel to remind the driv-
er not to drive too fast.
2. Screw the connection hose (9)
onto the connector of the sealant
bottle.
3. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the flat tire and screw the
filling hose (2) of the sealant bottle
onto the valve.
4. Insert the sealant bottle into the
housing (4) of the compressor so
that the bottle is upright.
5. Ensure that the compressor is
switched off.
What to do in an emergency
OIG066022
OIK067039
Securely install the sealant fill-
ing hose to the valve. If not,
sealant may flow backward,
possibly clogging the filling
hose.
CAUTION
OIG066023
6-25
What to do in an emergency
6. Plug the compressor power cord
(3) into the vehicle power outlet.
7. With the Engine Start/Stop button
in the ON position, switch on the
compressor and let it run for
approximately 5~7 minutes to fill
the sealant up to proper pressure.
(refer to the Tire and Wheels,
chapter 8). The inflation pressure
of the tire after filling is unimpor-
tant and will be checked/corrected
later.
Be careful not to overinflate the
tire and stay away from the tire
when filling it.
8. Switch off the compressor.
9. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire
valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-
age location in the vehicle.
Distributing the sealant
10. Immediately drive approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or about 10
minutes) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
When you use the Tire Mobility Kit,
the tire pressure sensors and wheel
may be damaged by sealant, have it
inspected at an authorized dealer.
6
OIK067010
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 29 psi (200 kpa). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
CAUTION
Do not leave your vehicle run-
ning in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
WARNING
6-26
Checking the tire inflation pressure
1. After driving approximately
4~6miles (7~10km or about
10 minutes), stop at a safe location.
2. Connect hose (9) of the compres-
sor directly to the tire valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recommended tire inflation.
With the ignition switched on, pro-
ceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pres-
sure:
Switch on the compressor. To
check the current inflation pres-
sure setting, briefly switch off the
compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pres-
sure:
Press the button (8) on the com-
pressor.
Information
The pressure gage may show higher
than actual reading when the com-
pressor is running. To get an accurate
tire pressure, the compressor needs to
be turned off.
Information
When reinstalling the repaired or
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94
lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
i
i
What to do in an emergency
OIK067009
When you use the Tire Mobility
Kit including sealant not
approved by Genesis Branded
Vehicle, the tire pressure sen-
sors may be damaged by
sealant. The sealant on the tire
pressure sensor and wheel
should be removed when you
replace the tire with a new one
and inspect the tire pressure
sensors at an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
CAUTION
6-27
What to do in an emergency
6
Towing Service
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and
towing procedures are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle. The
use of wheel dollies or flatbed is rec-
ommended.
When towing the vehicle by flatbed
equipment, secure wheels by using
chocks and tie-down straps (or soft
belts).
Do not place straps over body panels
or through the wheels.
Do not lift the vehicle by the tow
fitting or body and chassis parts.
Otherwise the vehicle may be
damaged.
On AWD vehicles, your vehicle must
be towed with a wheel lift and dollies
or flatbed equipment with all the
wheels off the ground.
The AWD vehicle should never be
towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transmission or the
AWD system.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the front wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the rear wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the front.
NOTICE
NOTICE
TTOOWWIINNGG
OIK067011
dolly
dolly
OIK067012
6-28
What to do in an emergency
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use a wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
2. Release the parking brake.
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) when being towed with
the front wheels on the ground
can cause internal damage to the
transmission.
Removable Towing Hook
1. Open the trunk, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
NOTICE
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, press the
Engine Start/Stop button to the
OFF or ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.The side
impact and curtain air bag may
deploy if the sensor detects the
situation as a rollover.
WARNING
OIK067016L
OIK067014
OIK067013
6-29
What to do in an emergency
6
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency Towing
If towing is necessary, we recom-
mend you have it done by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products or a commercial tow truck
service.
OIK067015
■ Front
OIK067017
■ Rear
OIK067018N
■ Front
OIK067019
■ Rear
If a towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency tow-
ing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
Always follow these emergency tow-
ing precautions:
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking perform-
ance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steer-
ing system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
quently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or dam-
aged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inch
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during tow-
ing.
• Before towing, check the automat-
ic transmission for fluid leaks under
your vehicle. If the automatic trans-
mission fluid is leaking, flatbed
equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
OIK067020
What to do in an emergency
6-30
6-31
What to do in an emergency
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to
pull a vehicle out of mud, sand
or other conditions from which
the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing
to avoid serious damage to the
automatic transmission.
Tie-down Hook
NOTICE
6
Do not use the tie-down hook(s)
for towing purposes. If the tie-
down hook(s) are used for tow-
ing, the tie-down hook(s) or
bumper will be damaged and
this could lead to serious injury.
WARNING
7
Maintenance
7
Maintenance
Engine Compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance Services ...........................................7-4
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Owner Maintenance ..............................................7-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule.......................................7-6
Scheduled Maintenance Services........................7-7
Normal Maintenance Schedule......................................7-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions........7-12
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items...7-14
Engine Oil..............................................................7-17
Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-17
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-18
Engine Coolant .....................................................7-19
Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-19
Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-22
Brake/Clutch Fluid...............................................7-23
Checking the Brake/Clutch Fluid Level .....................7-23
Washer Fluid.........................................................7-24
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-24
Parking Brake.......................................................7-24
Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-24
Air Cleaner ............................................................7-25
Filter Replacement..........................................................7-25
Climate Control Air Filter....................................7-26
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-26
Wiper Blades.........................................................7-27
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-27
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-27
Battery...................................................................7-29
Battery Usage Recommendations...............................7-30
Battery Replacement......................................................7-30
Battery Recharging ........................................................7-31
Reset Features.................................................................7-32
Tires and Wheels .................................................7-33
Tire Care............................................................................7-33
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-34
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-35
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-35
7
7
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-36
Tire Replacement ............................................................7-37
Wheel Replacement........................................................7-38
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-38
Tire Maintenance............................................................7-39
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-39
Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-43
All Season Tires...............................................................7-46
Summer Tires ...................................................................7-46
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-46
Radial-Ply Tires...............................................................7-46
Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-47
Fuses......................................................................7-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-49
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-50
Light Bulbs ............................................................7-56
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker............................7-57
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement..............................7-61
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-61
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-63
License Plate Light Replacement................................7-63
Interior Light Replacement ...........................................7-64
Appearance Care..................................................7-66
Exterior Care....................................................................7-66
Interior Care .....................................................................7-71
Emission Control System ....................................7-74
Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-74
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-74
Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-75
California Perchlorate Notice.............................7-78
7-3
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT
OIK077001/OIK017007
■■
Lambda 3.3 T-GDI
■■
Theta 2.0 T-GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Engine oil filler cap
7.Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
❈ The battery is in the trunk.
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
7-4
Maintenance
MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever per-
forming any maintenance or inspec-
tion procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle
maintained and repaired by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.An authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products meets Genesis
Branded Vehicle's high service quality
standards and receives technical sup-
port from Genesis Branded Vehicle in
order to provide you with a high level
of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibil-
ity.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accor-
dance with the scheduled mainte-
nance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this infor-
mation to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi-
cient servicing may result in opera-
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products with
special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate condi-
tions of the limited warranties cover-
ing the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S.Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect war-
ranty coverage. For details, read the
separate Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provid-
ed with the vehicle. If you're unsure
about any service or maintenance
procedure,have it done by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
NOTICE
7-5
7
Maintenance
OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per-
formed by the owner or an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable
operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your deal-
er as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
ALWAYS follow these precau-
tions for performing mainte-
nance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, shift the gear to the P
(Park, for automatic transmis-
sion vehicle) position or neutral
(for manual transmission vehi-
cle), apply the parking brake,
press the Engine Start/Stop
button to the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jew-
elry that can become entan-
gled in moving parts.
WARNING
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-
ing materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts
(including strut bars) while the
engine is operating or hot.
Doing so could result in serious
personal injury. Turn the engine
off and wait until the metal parts
cool down to perform mainte-
nance work on the vehicle.
WARNING
7-6
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check the tire for low or under-
inflated tires.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or loose-
ness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead posi-
tion.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot.This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
WARNING
7-7
7
Maintenance
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air condi-
tioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with a clean cloth damp-
ened with washer a fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Inspect by Battery Tester at Dealer.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule
if the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply,
you must follow the Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeatedly driving short distances
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in nor-
mal temperature or less than 10
miles (16 km) in freezing tempera-
ture
• Extensive engine idling or low
speed driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt- spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or
mountain road
• Towing a trailer, or using a camper,
or roof rack
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use or vehicle towing
• Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
For additional information or assis-
tance see your authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESS
7-8
Maintenance
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
1
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*
2
:The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
*
3
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products perform the operation.
Normal Maintenance Schedule
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Engine oil and engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Fuel additives *
1
Add every 6,000 miles (10,000 km) or 12 months
Rotate tires
Rotate every 6,000 miles (10,000 km)
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
Replace every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I
R
I
R I
R
I
Spark plugs
Replace every 42,000 miles (70,000 km)
Drive belts *
2
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (100,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 12,000 miles (20,000 km) or 24 months
Valve clearance *
3
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
Vacuum hose
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7
Maintenance
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (200,000 km) or 10 years
after that, replace every 24,000 miles (40,000 km) or 24 months
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Battery condition
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Rear brake disc/pads
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots /
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Suspension mounting bolts
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Propeller shaft
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Exhaust pipe and muffler
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-9
7-10
Maintenance
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
4
: Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid.(Refer to "Recommended lubricants and capacities" in chapter 8 or the label
in the engine compartment.)
*
5
: Front/rear differential oil should be changed anytime, front/rear differential have been submerged in water.
*
6
:When replacing differential oil with LSD (Limited Slip Differential), use only specified LSD oil.
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Automatic transmission fluid *
4
(if equipped)
No check, No service required
Differential oil (rear) *
5
*
6
Without LSD
I I
With LSD
R R
Differential oil (front) (AWD) *
5
I I
Transfer case oil (AWD)
No check, No service required
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
7-11
7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (CONT)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Miles×1,000 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90
Km×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Fuel tank air filter *
7
I I I I I I I
Fuel filter *
7
I I I I I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I I I
Parking brake
I I I I I I I
Brake/Clutch (if equipped) fluid
I I I I I I I
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*
7
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-
nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc.replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded products for details.
7-12
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter R Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter I More frequently C, E
Spark plugs R More frequently
A, B, F,
G, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid R Every 60,000 miles (100,000 km)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, K
Front brake disc/pads, calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Rear brake disc/pads I More frequently C, D, E, G, H
Parking brake I More frequently C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I More frequently C, D, E, F, G
7-13
7
Maintenance
Severe Driving Conditions
A-Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles
(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)
in freezing temperature
B-Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-
tances
C-Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-
spread roads
D-Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E-Driving in heavy dust conditions
F-Driving in heavy traffic area
G-Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H-Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I -Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J -Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K-Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Drive shafts and boots I Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Differential oil (front) (AWD) R Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Differential oil (rear)
Without LSD
R
Every 72,000 miles (120,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
With LSD Every 36,000 miles (60,000 km) C, E, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R More frequently C, E, G
Propeller shaft I Every 3,000 miles (5,000 km) or 6 months C, E
7-14
Maintenance
EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSS
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe con-
ditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked peri-
odically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the
hard starting. When a considerable
amount of foreign substances are
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-
ate the engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and dam-
age. Have an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products replace
any damaged or leaking parts imme-
diately.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those inter-
vals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation
Hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
dence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to ensure
that the hoses do not come in con-
tact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are pres-
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
7-15
7
Maintenance
Air Cleaner Filter
A Genesis/Hyundai air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Valve clearance
Inspect for excessive valve noise
and/or engine vibration and adjust if
necessary.Have an authorized retail-
er of Genesis Branded products per-
form the operation.
Cooling System
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(if equipped)
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the
beginning of this chapter.
Automatic transmission fluid
color is red when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the auto-
matic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker. This is a normal
condition and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission mal-
function and failure. Use only the
specified automatic transmission
fluid (refer to "Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in
chapter 8).
NOTICE
NOTICE
7-16
Maintenance
Brake Hoses and Lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorat-
ed or damaged parts immediately.
Brake/Clutch Fluid
Check the brake/clutch fluid level in
the brake/clutch fluid reservoir. The
level should be between the MIN and
the MAX marks on the side of the
reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake/clutch fluid conforming to DOT
3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers
and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, dete-
rioration, or damage.Start the engine
and listen carefully for any exhaust
gas leakage. Tighten connections or
replace parts as necessary.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive free-
play in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive Shafts and Boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and dam-
age.
7-17
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE OOIILL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the park-
ing brake set.If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to
the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
OIK077002
■ 2.0 T-GDI
OIK077003
■ 3.3 T-GDI
OIK077004
■ 2.0 T-GDI
OIK077005
■ 3.3 T-GDI
7-18
Maintenance
To prevent damage to your
engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine
is not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine
components. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
We recommend you have the engine
oil and filter changed by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
NOTICE
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for pro-
longed periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
WARNING
7-19
7
Maintenance
EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the F mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products for a cooling sys-
tem inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only dis-
tilled (deionized) water for your
vehicle and never mix hard water in
the coolant filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has alu-
minum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the spec-
ified coolant.
OIK077006
7-20
Maintenance
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of
- 31°F and higher.
i
Ambient
Temperature
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15°C) 35 65
-13°F (-25°C) 40 60
-31°F (-35°C) 50 50
-49°F (-45°C) 60 40
Make sure the coolant cap is
properly closed after refilling
coolant. Otherwise the engine
could be overheated while driv-
ing.
1. Check if the coolant cap label
is straight in front.
WARNING
OTL075062
■ Engine compartment front view
2. Make sure that the tiny pro-
trusions inside the coolant
cap is securely interlocked.
OIK077008
7-21
7
Maintenance
The electric motor for the cooling fan
is controlled by engine coolant tem-
perature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed.As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off.This
is a normal condition.
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
WARNING
Never remove the
engine coolant reser-
voir tank/radiator cap
or the drain plug
while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when remov-
ing the engine coolant reservoir
tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclock-
wise to remove it.
WARNING
OIK077007
■ Radiator
OIK077055L
■ Engine coolant
7-22
Maintenance
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the begin-
ning of this chapter.
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant
from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
NOTICE
Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause
damage to paint and body trim.
WARNING
7-23
7
Maintenance
BBRRAAKKEE//CCLLUUTTCCHH ((IIFF EEQQUUIIIIPPPPEEDD)) FFLLUUIIDD
Checking the Brake/Clutch
Fluid Level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically.The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean
the area around the reservoir cap
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch
fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add the specified
brake/clutch fluid to the MAX level.
The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition
associated with the wear of the
brake/clutch linings. If the fluid level
is excessively low, have the brake/
clutch system checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
• Do not allow brake/clutch fluid
to contact the vehicle’s body
paint, as paint damage will
result.
• Brake/clutch fluid, which has
been exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be dis-
posed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake/clutch fluid. A few drops
of mineral based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake/clutch
system can damage brake/
clutch system parts.
Information
Use only the specified brake/clutch
fluid (refer to "Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in chap-
ter 8).
i
NOTICE
If the brake/clutch system
requires frequent additions of
fluid this could indicate a leak in
the brake/clutch system. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
WARNING
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid
to come in contact with your
eyes.If brake/clutch fluid comes
in contact with your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention.
WARNING
OIK077009
7-24
Maintenance
WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDD
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-
mates to prevent freezing.
Checking the Parking Brake
Foot type (if equipped)
Check whether the stroke is within
specification when the parking brake
pedal is depressed with 44 lb (20 kg,
196 N) of force. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the
stroke is more or less than specified,
have the parking brake adjusted by
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
Stroke : 3 notch
OIK077010
PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or dam-
age to paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flames
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain alco-
hol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
WARNING
OIK057140
7-25
7
Maintenance
AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERR
Filter Replacement
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Visit an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace the air cleaner filter.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed.This will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use Genesis/Hyundai parts. Use
of non-Genesis/Hyundai parts
could damage the air flow sen-
sor.
NOTICE
i
OIK077016
■ 3.3 T-GDI (Passenger side)
OIK077014
■ 2.0 T-GDI
OIK077015
■ 3.3 T-GDI (Driver side)
7-26
Maintenance
CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule.If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced soon-
er. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter by following the procedure below
and be careful to avoid damaging
other components.
1.With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to allow
the glove box to hang freely on the
hinges.
2. Remove the support rod (1).
3. Press and hold the lock (2) on the
left side of the cover.
4. Pull out (3) the cover.
5. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter.
6. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
Install a new climate control air fil-
ter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (
↓↓
) facing down-
wards, to prevent noise and
reduced effectiveness.
NOTICE
OIK077019
OIK077018
OIK077020N
OIK077021
7-27
7
Maintenance
WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wiper functionality.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial
car washes. If the blades are not wip-
ing properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other compo-
nents, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manu-
ally.
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper mal-
function and failure.
• In order to prevent damage to
the hood and the wiper arms, the
wiper arms should only be lifted
when in the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to
the windshield before driving.
Front windshield wiper service
positions
1.Within 20 seconds of turning off
the engine, lift and hold the wiper
lever up to the MIST position for
about 2 seconds until the wipers
move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers
off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down
onto the windshield.
4.Turn the wipers to any ON position
to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
NOTICE
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
NOTICE
OIK077022
7-28
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
1. Put the front windshield wipers
into the service position.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1).
Then pull down the blade assem-
bly (2) and remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
5. Place the Engine Start/Stop but-
ton to the ON position. The wiper
arms will return to the normal
operating position.
OLF074018
OLF074019
7-29
7
Maintenance
BBAATTTTEERRYY
• When you do not use the vehicle
for a long time in a low tempera-
ture area, disconnect the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully
to prevent battery case damage
in low temperature areas.
NOTICE
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always pres-
ent in battery cells, is
highly combustible, and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfu-
ric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
WARNING
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get imme-
diate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get med-
ical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these compo-
nents with the engine running
or when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING
7-30
Maintenance
Battery Usage
Recommendations
• Keep the battery securely mount-
ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the bat-
tery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
Battery Replacement
When replacing the battery, discon-
nect the negative (-) cable (1) and
remove the positive (+) battery fuse
box (2). Remove the trunk panel and
spare wheel. Place the spare wheel
on the floor with the finished side up
so as not to damage. Then remove
the spare wheel bracket (3) followed
by the battery hold down mounting
bracket (4).
OIK077056L
■ Trunk
OIK077057L
■ Trunk
Do not touch the vehi-
cle's lower area of the
trunk when the
engine is running or
hot. It may cause seri-
ous injury. Turn the engine OFF
and wait until the area is cooled
before replacing the battery.
WARNING
7-31
7
Maintenance
Battery Recharging
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free
and we recommend that the
AGM battery be serviced by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products. For charging
your AGM battery, use only fully
automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
• When replacing the AGM bat-
tery, we recommend that you
use parts for replacement from
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Do not open or remove the cap
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal elec-
trolyte that could result in
severe injury.
NOTICE
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the fol-
lowing order:
(1) Turn off the battery charg-
er main switch.
(2) Unhook the negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal.
•
Always use a Genesis/Hyundai
approved battery when you
replace the battery.
Always follow these instruc-
tions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing mainte-
nance or recharging the bat-
tery, turn off all accessories
and press the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF
position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
WARNING
7-32
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good bat-
tery, drive the vehicle for at least 30
minutes or operate at idle for at least
60 minutes before it is shutoff.
Alternatively you may visit a dealer
for charge and battery test.The vehi-
cle may not restart if you shut it off
before the battery had a chance to
adequately recharge. See "Jump
Starting" in chapter 6 for more infor-
mation on jump starting procedures.
Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the bat-
tery according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
Reset Features
The following items may need to be
reset after the battery has been dis-
charged or the battery has been dis-
connected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:
• Power Windows
• Trip Computer
• Climate Control System
• Clock
• Audio System
• Sunroof
• Driver position memory system
i
7-33
7
Maintenance
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
All specifications (sizes and pres-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear,or are dam-
aged. Worn tires can cause
loss of braking effectiveness,
steering control, or traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the dri-
ver's side center pillar. Always
use a tire pressure gauge to
measure tire pressure. Tires
with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly caus-
ing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
WARNING
OIK087002L
7-34
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or has been driven
for less than one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recom-
mended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pres-
sure or the tires will be under-inflat-
ed. For recommended inflation pres-
sure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long peri-
ods at high speeds.
WARNING
• Under-inflation results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation is also
possible. Keep your tire pres-
sures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an author-
ized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Over-inflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread,
and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
CAUTION
7-35
7
Maintenance
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflat-
ed when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem.Press the tire gauge firm-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement.If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire label located on
the driver's side center pillar or in this
manual. No further adjustment is
necessary. If the pressure is low, add
air until you reach the recommended
pressure. Make sure to put the valve
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-
ture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measur-
ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, Genesis
Branded Vehicle recommends that
the tires be rotated according to the
maintenance schedule or sooner if
irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage.Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
of-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of the tire.
Replace the tire if you find any of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible.After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7-36
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or direc-
tional can only be installed on the
wheel in one direction. The outside
and inside of an asymmetrical tire is
not easily distinguishable. Pay careful
attention to the markings on the side-
walls of the tires, noting the "outside"
marking and also the rotating direc-
tion before installing them on the
vehicle.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
Improper wheel weights can dam-
age your vehicle's aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
NOTICE
i
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
WARNING
ODH073802
■ 18inch tire
ODH073803
■ 19inch tire
7-37
7
Maintenance
Tire Replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread.This shows there is
less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire.Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to
become level with the tread wear
indicators before replacing the tire.
OLMB073027
Tread wear indicator
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effec-
tiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
WARNING
When replacing the tires,
recheck and tighten the wheel
nuts after driving about 600
miles (1,000 km). If the steering
wheel shakes or the vehicle
vibrates while driving, the tire is
out of balance. Align the tire
balance. If the problem is not
solved, we recommend that you
contact an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
CAUTION
7-38
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement
(if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mount-
ing a regular size tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when the tread depth is at
least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce
the possibility of losing control, slow
down whenever there is rain, snow or
ice on the road.
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.The
compact spare tire is for emer-
gency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
WARNING
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, Genesis Branded
Vehicle recommends that
tires be replaced after six (6)
years of normal service.
• When replacing tires (or
wheels), it is recommended to
replace the two front or two
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle's
handling. If only replacing one
pair of tires, it is recommend-
ed to install the pair of new
tires on the rear axle.
• Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading con-
ditions can accelerate the
aging process. Failure to fol-
low this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an acci-
dent.
7-39
7
Maintenance
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental charac-
teristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2.Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replace-
ment tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
tor could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
225/45R18 95Y
225 - Tire width in millimeters.
45 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
95 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
Y - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
OLMB073028
1
1
2
3
4
5,6
7
7-40
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with impor-
tant information that you need if you
ever have to replace one.The follow-
ing explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designa-
tion mean.
Example wheel size designation:
8.0J x 18
8.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the dif-
ferent speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires.The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire.This symbol corresponds to that
tire’s designed maximum safe oper-
ating speed.
3. Checking tire life (TIN :Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of num-
bers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufactur-
ing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four num-
bers indicate week and year manu-
factured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1418 represents
that the tire was produced in the 14th
week of 2018.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
Z Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
7-41
7
Maintenance
4.Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rub-
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply con-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
nal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con-
struction.
5. Maximum permissible infla-
tion pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire.Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maxi-
mum section width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a compara-
tive rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified govern-
ment test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7-42
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on spec-
ified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction perform-
ance.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled condi-
tions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labora-
tory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING
7-43
7
Maintenance
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread.Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in com-
pliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufactur-
er, production plant, brand and date
of production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
7-44
Maintenance
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on light-
weight trucks or multipurpose pas-
senger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated.The max-
imum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load rating for a tire at the maxi-
mum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mount-
ed on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipur-
pose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the trac-
tion and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, includ-
ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
7-45
7
Maintenance
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ed tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between the tire and the
road surface.The amount of grip pro-
vided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information sys-
tem that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occu-
pant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equip-
ment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
7-46
Maintenance
All Season Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
all season tires on some models to
provide good performance for use all
year round, including snowy and icy
road conditions. All season tires are
identified by ALL SEASON and/or
M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better
snow traction than all season tires
and may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer Tires
Genesis Branded Vehicle specifies
summer tires on some models to
provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is
substantially reduced in snow and
ice.Summer tires do not have the tire
traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow)
on the tire side wall. If you plan to
operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
conditions, Genesis Branded Vehicle
recommends the use of snow tires or
all season tires on all four wheels.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; other-
wise, poor handling may result.Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maxi-
mum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radi-
al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combina-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling.The best rule to fol-
low is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7-47
7
Maintenance
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and conse-
quently have a greater contact patch
with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
Because the sidewall of a low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
a standard tire, the rim of the
wheel and the tire itself is more
easily susceptible to damage.
Use caution when driving and
follow the guidelines below to
help minimize damage to the
wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not dam-
aged.
- If the tire is subjected to a
severe impact, have the tire
and wheel inspected by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
- Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000 km).
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, have the
tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may
cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driv-
ing on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
CAUTION
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circum-
stances.This may cause unusu-
al handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
WARNING
7-48
Maintenance
FFUUSSEESS
A vehicle's electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam-
age by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine com-
partment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, acces-
sories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, turn the engine and all switches
off, and then disconnect the negative
battery cable. Always replace a
blown fuse with one of the same rat-
ing.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.Avoid
using the system involved and imme-
diately consult an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the sys-
tem.
NOTICE
NEVER replace a fuse with any-
thing but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or alu-
minum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a tem-
porary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
WARNING
Normal
■ Blade type
■ Cartridge type
Blown
Normal Blown
Normal Blown
OCK077071
Normal Blown
■ Multi fuse
■ Fusible link
7-49
7
Maintenance
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
1.Turn the engine off.
2.Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel.
6. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown. Spare fuses are pro-
vided in the instrument panel fuse
panels (or in the engine compart-
ment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are undamaged, check the
fuse panel in the engine compart-
ment. If a fuse is blown, it must be
replaced with the same rating.
OIK077025
OIK077024
7-50
Maintenance
Fuse switch
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the
audio system and digital clock must
be reset and the smart key may not
work properly.
Information
If the fuse switch is OFF, "Turn FUSE
SWITCH on" message will appear.
• Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving the
vehicle.
• Do not move the fuse switch
repeatedly. The fuse switch may
be damaged.
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
1.Turn the engine off.
2.Turn all other switches OFF.
NOTICE
i
OIK077058L
■ Blade type fuse
OIK077059L
■ Cartridge type fuse
OIK077026 OIK057135L
7-51
7
Maintenance
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse;replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment securely
close the fuse box cover inside
the engine compartment, until it
clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed prop-
erly, water may leak in side, possi-
bly causing a malfunction with the
electrical system.
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
i
i
NOTICE
OIK077028 OIK077029
7-52
Maintenance
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
i
OIK077030
OIK077031N
7-53
7
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
i
OIK077032
OIK077033N
7-54
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
(Rear fuse box panel)
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
i
OIK077035L
OIK077053N
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely
install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur
from water contact.
NOTICE
Trunk fuse panel
(Battery box fuse panel)
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describ-
ing fuse/relay names and ratings.
Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
i
7-55
7
Maintenance
OIK077036L
OIK077054N
7-56
Maintenance
LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSS
Consult an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products to
replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle
must be removed before you can get
to the bulb.This is especially true for
removing the headlamp assembly to
get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
Information
After heavy rain or washing, head-
lamp and trunk lenses could appear
frosty. This condition is caused by the
temperature difference between the
lamp inside and the outside tempera-
ture. This is similar to the condensa-
tion on your windows inside your
vehicle during the rain and doesn’t
indicate a problem with your vehicle.
If the water leaks into the lamp bulb
circuitry, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
Headlamp lens
To prevent damage, do not clean
the headlamp lens with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
Information
• A normally functioning lamp may
flicker momentarily to stabilize the
vehicle's electrical control system.
However, if the lamp goes out after
flickering momentarily, or continues
to flicker, have the system checked
by an authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• The position lamp may not turn on
when the position lamp switch is
turned on, but the position lamp and
headlamp switch may turn on when
the headlamp switch is turned on.
This may be caused by network fail-
ure or vehicle electrical control sys-
tem malfunction. If this occurs, have
the system checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
i
NOTICE
NOTICE
i
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the brake pedal, shift
the gear into P (Park), apply
the parking brake, press the
Engine Start/Stop button to
the OFF position, and take the
key with you when leaving the
vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fin-
gers.
WARNING
7-57
7
Maintenance
Headlamp, Parking Lamp,
Daytime Running Light,Turn
Signal Lamp and Side Marker
Type A
(1) Headlamp (Low)
(2) Headlamp (High)
(3) Turn signal lamp
(4) Daytime running light (DRL) &
Parking lamp
(5) Side marker
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will pro-
duce flying pieces of glass that
could cause injuries if broken.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before han-
dling it.
WARNING
OIG076039
OIK077070N
7-58
Maintenance
Headlamp (High)
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
4.Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
5. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
6. Install a new headlamp bulb into
the bulb-socket.
7.Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
8. Connect the headlamp bulb sock-
et-connector.
9. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Headlamp (Low)
1. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
2.Remove the service cover (1)
under the wheel housing by push-
ing out the retainer clip with a slim
tool. If it is difficult to remove the
service cover because of the tire,
steer the tire inward.
OIK077062N
OIK077073N
7-59
7
Maintenance
3. Remove the bulb cover by turning
it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the bulb socket-con-
nector.
5. Remove the bulb-socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning the
bulb-socket counterclockwise until
the tabs on the bulb-socket align
with the slots on the headlamp
assembly.
6. Install a new bulb into the bulb-
socket.
7.Push the bulb-socket into the
headlamp assembly and turn the
bulb-socket clockwise.
8. Install the bulb cover by turning it
clockwise.
Information
The headlamp aiming should be
adjusted after an accident or after the
headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an
authorized retailer of Genesis Branded
products.
Turn signal
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3.Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
i
OIK077063LOIK077072N
OIK077071N
7-60
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Daytime running light (DRL),
parking lamp and side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Type B
(1) Headlamp (High/Low)
(2) Headlamp (High)
(3) Daytime running light (DRL) &
Parking lamp
(4) Turn signal lamp
(5) Side marker
Headlamp, parking lamp, turn sig-
nal lamp, daytime running light
and side marker
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OIK077038N
7-61
7
Maintenance
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement
(1) Stop/Tail lamp
(2) Stop lamp
(3) Turn signal lamp
(4) Back-up lamp
(5) Side marker
Stop/Tail lamp, stop lamp and side
marker
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system be checked by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OIK077039NOIK047081
7-62
Maintenance
Turn signal lamp and back-up lamp
1.Turn the engine off.
2. Open the trunk.
3. Remove the service cover by turn-
ing the lock (1) counterclockwise.
4. Remove the connector (1).
5. Remove the 4 nuts (2).
6.Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
Information
When removing the nut, be careful
not to drop it on the floor as it is
extremely difficult to find. Use a mag-
netic pick up tool to find the nut if nec-
essary.
7. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
8. - Turn signal lamp (A)
Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
- Back-up lamp (B)
Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
i
OIK077061L OIK077065LOIK077060L
7-63
7
Maintenance
9. - Turn signal lamp (A)
Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
- Back-up lamp (B)
Insert a new bulb by pushing it in
into the socket.
10. Install the socket into the assem-
bly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the
assembly. Push the socket into
the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
11. Reinstall the lamp assembly to
the body of the vehicle.
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Replacement
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED)
(1), does not operate, have the sys-
tem be checked by an authorized
retailer of Genesis Branded prod-
ucts.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
License Plate Light
Replacement
If the license plate lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the system
be checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OIK077040
OIK077041
7-64
Maintenance
Interior Light Replacement
Map lamp
If the map lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Room lamp
If the room lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Vanity mirror lamp
If the vanity mirror lamp (LED) (1),
does not operate, have the system
be checked by an authorized retailer
of Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OIK077043 OIK077050
OIK077042
7-65
7
Maintenance
Glove box lamp
If the glove box lamp (LED) (1), does
not operate, have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
Trunk lamp
If the trunk lamp (LED) (1), does not
operate, have the system be
checked by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an inte-
grated unit.The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may dam-
age related parts of the vehicle.
OIK077051LOIK077052
7-66
Maintenance
AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the fin-
ish.
• Do not use strong soap, chemi-
cal detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interi-
or.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemi-
cal solvents or strong deter-
gents.
NOTICE
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING
7-67
7
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure wash-
ers, make sure to maintain suffi-
cient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not oper-
ate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or
connectors as they may be dam-
aged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure noz-
zles, which induce either one-direct
water stream or water swirling.
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical cir-
cuits located in the engine com-
partment.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barri-
er between your paint and environ-
mental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main-
tain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-
als with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
ing.
NOTICE
OIK077044N
7-68
Maintenance
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plat-
ed or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deteriora-
tion.
Repairing your vehicle's finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body
shop applies anti-corrosion mate-
rials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-
metal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preser-
vative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, acceler-
ated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
body and wheel openings with luke-
warm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rust-
ing.
NOTICE
NOTICE
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
WARNING
7-69
7
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, pol-
ishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, clean the
wheels after driving on salted
roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners con-
taining acid or alkaline deter-
gents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corro-
sion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, Genesis Branded Vehicle
produces vehicles of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of
the job.To achieve the long-term cor-
rosion resistance your vehicle can
deliver, the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corro-
sion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
sion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehi-
cle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated cor-
rosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, partic-
ularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in con-
tact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
NOTICE
7-70
Maintenance
High temperatures can also acceler-
ate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these rea-
sons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other mate-
rials.This applies not only to the vis-
ible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is partic-
ularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pres-
sure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accel-
erate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This cre-
ates a favorable environment for cor-
rosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud.Even a heated garage can con-
tribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the atten-
tion of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
7-71
7
Maintenance
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from con-
tacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discol-
oration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
• Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic compo-
nents inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alco-
hol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/ alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab-
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
tion recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots imme-
diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected.Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not proper-
ly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use.Since it is a nat-
ural product, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driv-
ing comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
NOTICE
NOTICE
7-72
Maintenance
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage are
not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat
fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat. It
may change the nature of natu-
ral leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the sur-
face of the seat covering fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage
of the leather and maintain its qual-
ity.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be
sure to read the instructions and
consult a specialist when using
leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instant-
ly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami-
nations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
NOTICE
7-73
7
Maintenance
• Handling prime napa leather
(if equipped)
Try to avoid excessive sunlight and
heat exposure. Excessive sunlight
and heat exposure naturally fades
and dries out napa leather, causing
wrinkles and discoloration. If the
napa leather is wet with liquid,
immediately clean it with lint-free
cloth to minimize damage. Do not
scratch the napa leather surface
with a sharp object. If your napa
leather seat is bright colored, it
may be contaminated or stained
from dyed materials such as jeans.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
NOTICE
7-74
Maintenance
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys-
tem
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper func-
tion of the emission control systems,
it is recommended that you have
your vehicle inspected and main-
tained by an authorized retailer of
Genesis Branded products in accor-
dance with the maintenance sched-
ule in this manual.
For the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (with Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from mis-
firing during dynamometer test-
ing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch (ESC
OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos-
phere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a can-
ister while refueling at the gas sta-
tion, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
NOTICE
EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM
7-75
7
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister.When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control sole-
noid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evap-
orated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle per-
formance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monox-
ide) precautions
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the win-
dows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poi-
soning.
WARNING
7-76
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con-
fined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for cat-
alytic converters (if equipped)
The exhaust system and cat-
alytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running.To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flamma-
ble objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic convert-
er or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion con-
trol. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari-
ety of automobile components
and parts, including compo-
nents found in the interior fur-
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause can-
cer and birth defects and repro-
ductive harm. In addition, cer-
tain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of compo-
nent wear contain or emit chem-
icals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproduc-
tive harm.
WARNING
7-77
7
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
alytic converter emission control
device. To prevent damage to the
catalytic converter and to your vehi-
cle, take the following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunc-
tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the engine off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission con-
trol system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized retailer of Genesis
Branded products.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level.If you run out of gasoline,
it could cause the engine to misfire
and result in excessive loading of
the catalytic converter.
7-78
Maintenance
CCAALLIIFFOORRNNIIAA PPEERRCCHHLLOORRAATTEE NNOOTTIICCEE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
888
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8
Dimensions..............................................................8-2
Engine......................................................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3
Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-4
Volume and Weight................................................8-6
Air Conditioning System........................................8-6
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities..........8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................8-9
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10
Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-10
Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11
Engine Number.....................................................8-11
Refrigerant Label.................................................8-11
Consumer Information.........................................8-12
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13
DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS
8-2
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
EENNGGIINNEE
Items in (mm)
Overall length 184.45 (4,685)
Overall width 72.83 (1,850)
Overall height 55.12 (1,400)
Front tread
225/45R18 62.83 (1,596)
225/40ZR19 62.83 (1,596)
Rear tread
225/45R18 64.25 (1,632)
255/35ZR19 63.15 (1,604)
Wheelbase 111.61 (2,835)
Items 2.0 T-GDI 3.3 T-GDI
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
121.9 (1,998) 203.94 (3,342)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
3.39 x 3.39 (86 x 86) 3.78 x 3.299 (92 x 83.8)
Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders In-line 4 cylinder V-type 6 cylinder
BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEE
8-3
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage
Front
Type A
Headlamp
High HB3 60W
Low HB3 60W
Turn signal lamp PY28/8W 28W
Daytime running light & Parking lamp LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Type B
Headlamp
High/Low LED LED
High LED LED
Turn signal lamp LED LED
Daytime running light & Parking lamp LED LED
Side marker LED LED
Rear
Tail/Stop lamp LED LED
Stop lamp LED LED
Turn signal lamp P27W 27W
Back-up lamp W16W 16W
Side marker LED LED
License plate lamp LED LED
High mounted stop light LED LED
Interior
Map lamp LED LED
Room lamp LED LED
Glove box lamp LED LED
Trunk lamp LED LED
Vanity mirror lamp LED LED
8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS
Items Tire Size
Wheel
Size
Inflation Pressure
kPa (psi)
Wheel Lug
Nut Torque
kgf
•m
(lbf•ft, N•m)
Normal Load
Maximum Load OR
over 100 mph *
2
Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
All vehicle 225/45R18 8.0J x 18 250 (36) 270 (39) 260 (38) 270 (39)
11~13
(79~94,
107~127)
Except 3.3 T-GDI AWD
225/40ZR19 8.0J x 19 250 (36) - 260 (38) -
255/35ZR19 8.5J x 19 - 250 (36) - 270 (39)
For 3.3 T-GDI AWD
225/40ZR19 8.0J x 19 260 (38) - 260 (38) -
255/35ZR19 8.5J x 19 - 250 (36) - 270 (39)
Compact spare tire *
1
T135/80R18 4.0T x 18 420 (60) 420 (60)
*
1
:If your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire, your vehicle will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit.
*
2
:Must drive only where the speed is legal.
Information
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a
high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per alti-
tude : +2.4 psi/1 mile).
• Must not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on the equipped tire sidewall.
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
NOTICE
i
8-5
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8-6
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VVOOLLUUMMEE AANNDD WWEEIIGGHHTT
AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM
Contact an authorized retailer of Genesis Branded products for more details.
Items
2.0 T-GDI 3.3 T-GDI
A/T A/T
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
2WD AWD 2WD AWD
4,674 (2,120) 4,828 (2,190) 4,850 (2,200) 4,993 (2,265)
Luggage volume (SAE)
cu ft (l)
10.5 (298)
Items Weight of Volume Classification
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
19.2 ~ 21.0 (545 ~ 595) R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc)
3.1 ~ 3.9 (90 ~ 110) PAG
A/T : Automatic transmission
8-7
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESS
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *
1
*
2
(drain and refill)
Recommends
2.0 T-GDI
6.02 US qt. (5.7 l)
ACEA C2 or above*
3
/
0W-30 (SAE Viscosity Number)
3.3 T-GDI
7.29 US qt. (6.9 l)
ACEA A5 or above*
4
/
5W-30 (SAE Viscosity Number)
Automatic transmission fluid
2.0 T-GDI
9.72 US qt. (9.2 l)
GS ATF SP-IV-RR
Genesis/Hyundai genuine ATF SP-IV-RR or
other brands meeting the above specifica-
tion approved by Genesis Customer Care
3.3 T-GDI
Coolant
2.0 T-GDI
7.8 US qt. (7.4 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant
for aluminum radiator)
3.3 T-GDI
11.3 US qt. (10.7 l)
*
1
: Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*
2
: Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available.Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to meas-
ure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*
3
: If the ACEA C2 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL & ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3.
*
4
: If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant Volume Classification
Brake/Clutch fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt.
(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
Rear differential oil *
5
(without LSD)
2.0 T-GDI
1.26 US qt. (1.2 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 or equivalent)
3.3 T-GDI
1.37 US qt. (1.3 l)
Rear differential oil *
5
*
6
(with LSD)
2.0 T-GDI
1.37 US qt. (1.3 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN LSD GEAR OIL 75W85 or equivalent)
3.3 T-GDI
1.47 US qt. (1.4 l)
Front differential oil *
5
(AWD)
0.74 US qt. (0.7 l)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5 SAE 75W/85
(SK HK SYN GEAR OIL 75W85 or equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
Gear/Clutch
0.60 US qt. (0.57 l)
SHELL TF 0870B
Actuator
0.26 US qt. (0.25 l)
Fuel
15.8 US gal. (60 l)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
*
5
: Regardless of oil change intervals, replace oil immediately if Rear-Differential or Front-Differential is submerged.
*
6
: Be sure to inject oil for exclusive use of LSD when replacing Rear Differential Oil (if equipped with Limited Slip Differential).
8-9
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug,
or dipstick before checking or
draining any lubricant. This is
especially important in dusty or
sandy areas and when the vehicle
is used on unpaved roads.
Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit
from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
NOTICE
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Engine
Oil
2.0 T-GDI *
1
3.3 T-GDI *
2
°C
(°F)
*
1
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil
of a viscosity grade SAE 0W-30 (ACEA C2 or above). However, if
the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper
engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*
2
: For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil
of a viscosity grade 5W-30 (ACEA A5 or above). However, if the
engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine
oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
0/5W-30, 5W-40
10W-30
15W-40
20W-50
10W-30
5W-30
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance,
however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication
in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
8-10
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in register-
ing your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's side center pillar gives
the Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN))
OIK087006L
■ VIN label
OIK087001
■ Frame number
OIK087007N
VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN
LLAABBEELL
8-11
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
The tires supplied on your new vehi-
cle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pres-
sures recommended for your car.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
The refrigerant label provides infor-
mation such as refrigerant type and
amount.
The label is located on the underside
of the hood.
EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR RREEFFRRIIGGEERRAANNTT LLAABBEELL
((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))
TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDD
PPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL
OIK087002L
OIK087008N
OIK087003
■ 2.0 T-GDI
OIK087004
■ 3.3 T-GDI
8-12
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
844-340-9741
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
844-340-9741
South Central Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
844-340-9741
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,
Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
Central Region
2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook
Terrace, IL 60181
844-340-9741
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box
20850 Fountain Valley, California
92728-0850
844-340-9741
CCOONNSSUUMMEERR IINNFFOORRMMAATTIIOONN
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S.Department of Transportation.Your retailer of Genesis Branded products will help answer
any questions you may have as you read this information.
Genesis Branded Vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest
Genesis Customer Care Regional Office as listed in the following:
8-13
88
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Genesis
Customer Care.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual prob-
lems between you, your dealer, or Genesis Customer Care.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE.,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
RREEPPOORRTTIINNGG SSAAFFEETTYY DDEEFFEECCTTSS
I
Index
I
I-2
AFS (Adaptive Front-Lighting System) .........................3-99
Air bag warning labels....................................................2-66
Air bags...........................................................................2-44
Additional safety precautions.....................................2-66
Air bag collision sensors ............................................2-61
Air bag inflation conditions .......................................2-62
Air bag non-inflation conditions ................................2-63
Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-66
Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-48
Driver's air bag ...........................................................2-46
Driver's knee airbag....................................................2-46
How does the air bags system operate? .....................2-49
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-55
Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-46
Side air bags ...............................................................2-47
SRS Care ....................................................................2-65
SRS components and functions..................................2-49
SRS warning light ......................................................2-50
What to expect after an air bag inflates .....................2-54
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ...............2-60
Air cleaner filter replacement .........................................7-25
Air conditioning refrigerant label .................................3-130
Air conditioning system specification ..............................8-6
Air ventilation seats ........................................................2-17
Alarm system ..................................................................3-14
All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-44
Antenna .............................................................................4-3
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-36
Appearance care..............................................................7-66
Exterior care ...............................................................7-66
Interior care ................................................................7-71
Armrest ...........................................................................2-13
Ashtray..........................................................................3-138
Audio/Video/Navigation system.......................................4-4
Auto defogging system .................................................3-133
Auto hold ........................................................................5-33
Auto light position ..........................................................3-92
Auto LOCK - Enable on shift.........................................3-13
Auto LOCK - Enable on speed.......................................3-13
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on shift...................................3-13
Auto UNLOCK - Air bag deployment ...........................3-13
Automatic climate control system ................................3-118
Air conditioning .......................................................3-126
Air intake control .....................................................3-124
Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-120
Climate control information
screen selection button..........................................3-127
Fan speed control .....................................................3-126
Instrument panel vents .............................................3-123
Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-121
Mode selection .........................................................3-122
OFF mode.................................................................3-127
SYNC button ............................................................3-124
System maintenance.................................................3-129
Index
A
I-3
Temperature control .................................................3-123
Temperature conversion ...........................................3-124
Automatic transmission ..................................................5-12
Good driving practices ...............................................5-22
LCD display messages ...............................................5-18
Paddle shifter..............................................................5-17
Shift lock system ........................................................5-16
Transmission ranges ...................................................5-13
When the battery is discharged ..................................5-16
Automatic ventilation ...................................................3-135
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ...............................................4-2
Battery.............................................................................7-29
Battery recharging ......................................................7-31
Battery saver function.....................................................3-98
Before driving ...................................................................5-4
Blade type fuse ...............................................................7-50
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...............5-64
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free ....................4-4
Bottle holder .................................................................3-138
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-23
Brake system...................................................................5-24
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-36
Auto hold....................................................................5-33
Brembo brakes............................................................5-25
Disc brakes wear indicator.........................................5-25
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-28
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-38
Good braking practices ..............................................5-43
High performance brake.............................................5-25
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) .................................5-43
Parking brake (foot type) ...........................................5-26
Power brakes ..............................................................5-24
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-42
Brembo brakes ................................................................5-25
Bulb replacement ............................................................7-56
Daytime running light (DRL) ....................................7-57
Front position lamp ....................................................7-57
Front turn signal lamp ................................................7-57
Headlamp....................................................................7-57
High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-63
Interior light................................................................7-64
License plate light ......................................................7-63
Rear combination light bulb.......................................7-61
Side marker ................................................................7-57
Side repeater lamp......................................................7-61
Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button..................5-6
I
Index
B
I-4
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................3-7
Care
Exterior care ...............................................................7-66
Interior care ................................................................7-71
Tire care......................................................................7-33
Cartridge type fuse..........................................................7-50
Center console storage..................................................3-136
Central door lock/unlock switch .....................................3-11
Certification label ...........................................................8-10
Chains
Tire chains ................................................................5-124
Check tire inflation pressure...........................................7-35
Child restraint system (CRS)..........................................2-33
Booster seats...............................................................2-36
Forward-facing child restraint system........................2-36
Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-36
Lap/shoulder belt........................................................3-41
Lower anchors ............................................................2-39
Lower anchors and tether for Children
(LATCH System) ....................................................2-37
Rearward-facing child restraint system......................2-35
Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-34
Tether anchors ............................................................3-40
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-13
Climate control air filter replacement.............................7-26
Climate control system .................................................3-116
Clock .............................................................................3-143
Clutch fluid .....................................................................7-23
Coat hanger ...................................................................3-144
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ................3-48
COMFORT mode............................................................5-62
Compact spare tire replacement .....................................7-38
Coolant............................................................................7-19
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...................................7-19
Crankcase emission control system................................7-74
Cruise control..................................................................5-99
Cup holder.....................................................................3-138
Curtain air bags...............................................................2-48
CUSTOM mode..............................................................5-63
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-49
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ..................................3-48
Daytime running light (DRL) .........................................3-99
Defogging (Windshield) ...............................................3-131
Defroster .......................................................................3-134
Rear window defroster .............................................3-134
Defrosting (Windshield) ...............................................3-131
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination..................................................................3-49
Displays, see instrument cluster .....................................3-48
Index
C
D
I-5
Door locks.........................................................................3-9
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-13
Central door lock/unlock switch ................................3-11
Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-13
Drinks holders, see cup holders....................................3-138
Drive mode integrated control system............................5-59
COMFORT mode .......................................................5-62
CUSTOM mode .........................................................5-63
ECO mode ..................................................................5-61
SMART mode.............................................................5-60
Smart shift on trip computer ......................................5-63
SPORT mode..............................................................5-62
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......................5-95
Driver position memory system .....................................3-15
Easy access function ..................................................3-17
Recalling memory positions.......................................3-15
Storing memory positions ..........................................3-15
Driver's air bag................................................................2-46
Driver's knee airbag ........................................................2-46
Driving at night.............................................................5-122
Driving in flooded areas ...............................................5-123
Driving in the rain.........................................................5-122
Easy access function .......................................................3-17
ECO coasting ..................................................................5-52
ECO mode.......................................................................5-61
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM).....................................3-21
Electric Power Steering (EPS)........................................3-18
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink
®
system
and Genesis Connected Service ..................................3-22
Electronic Control Suspension (ECS) ............................5-49
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-38
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-29
Emission control system .................................................7-74
Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-74
Evaporative emission control System ........................7-74
Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-75
Engine compartment..................................................1-7, 7-3
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................7-50
Engine coolant ................................................................7-19
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-50
Engine number ................................................................8-11
Engine oil........................................................................7-17
Engine specification..........................................................8-2
Engine Start/Stop button...................................................5-6
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).....................................5-28
Evaporative emission control System.............................7-74
Event Data Recorder (EDR)...........................................F-10
Exhaust emission control system....................................7-75
I
Index
E
I-6
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-14
Exterior care....................................................................7-66
Exterior overview
Front view ....................................................................1-2
Rear view......................................................................1-3
Flat tire............................................................................6-14
Changing tires ............................................................6-15
Tire mobility kit..........................................................6-21
Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-144
Fluid
Brake fluid..................................................................7-23
Clutch fluid.................................................................7-23
Washer fluid ...............................................................7-24
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system ......5-73
Four Wheel Drive (4WD), see All Wheel Drive
(AWD) .........................................................................5-44
Front seat adjustment........................................................2-5
Cushion extension ........................................................2-8
Lumbar support ............................................................2-8
Power adjustment .........................................................2-6
Reclining seatback........................................................2-7
Seat back bolster adjustment........................................2-9
Seat cushion height ......................................................2-8
Seat cushion tilt ............................................................2-8
Seatback pocket............................................................2-9
Front seat head restraints
Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-14
Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-15
Fuel filler door ................................................................3-45
Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-51
Fuel requirements .............................................................F-7
Fuel additives ...............................................................F-8
Fuses ...............................................................................7-48
Blade type fuse...........................................................7-50
Cartridge type fuse .....................................................7-50
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ............7-50
Fuse switch.................................................................7-50
Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-52
Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-49
Main fuse....................................................................7-51
Multi fuse ...................................................................7-51
Gauges and meters..........................................................3-50
Glove box......................................................................3-136
Glove box lamp.............................................................3-103
Index
F
G
I-7
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2
Hazardous driving conditions .......................................5-121
Head restraints ................................................................2-13
Front seat head restraints............................................2-14
Rear seat head restraints.............................................2-16
Head up display ..............................................................3-90
Headlamp delay function................................................3-98
Headlamp leveling device.............................................3-100
Headlamp position ..........................................................3-93
Headlight bulb replacement............................................7-56
Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-20
Height adjustment ...........................................................2-28
High beam operation.......................................................3-93
Highway driving ...........................................................5-123
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) .....................................5-43
Hood................................................................................3-39
Horn ................................................................................3-20
How to use this manual ....................................................F-6
Idle Stop and Go (ISG)...................................................5-54
If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly.........6-3
If the engine overheats......................................................6-6
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...................6-2
If the engine stalls while driving ......................................6-2
If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start...........6-3
If the engine will not start.................................................6-3
If you have a flat tire while driving..................................6-3
Immobilizer system...........................................................3-8
Improtant safety precautions.............................................2-2
Air bag hazards ............................................................2-2
Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2
Control your speed .......................................................2-2
Driver distraction..........................................................2-2
Restrain all children .....................................................2-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition.............................2-2
In case of emergency while driving..................................6-2
Indicator light..................................................................3-54
Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-21
Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-48
Assist mode ................................................................3-77
Gauges and meters .....................................................3-50
Instrument panel illumination ....................................3-49
I
Index
H I
I-8
LCD display control...................................................3-73
LCD display messages ...............................................3-66
LCD display modes....................................................3-74
Shift indicator pop-up ................................................3-54
Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-53
Trip computer mode ...................................................3-76
User settings mode .....................................................3-78
Warning and indicator lights ......................................3-54
Instrument panel fuse replacement .................................7-49
Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5
Interior care.....................................................................7-71
Interior features
Ashtray .....................................................................3-138
Bottle holder.............................................................3-138
Clock ........................................................................3-143
Coat hook .................................................................3-144
Cup holder ................................................................3-138
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-144
Luggage net (holder) ................................................3-145
Power outlet..............................................................3-140
Smart phone holder ..................................................3-141
Sunvisor....................................................................3-139
USB charger .............................................................3-141
Wireless cellular phone charging system .................3-139
Interior lamp AUTO cut................................................3-101
Interior lights.................................................................3-101
Front lamps...............................................................3-102
Glove box lamp ........................................................3-103
Interior lamp AUTO cut ...........................................3-101
Puddle lamp..............................................................3-104
Rear lamps................................................................3-102
Trunk lamp ...............................................................3-103
Vanity mirror lamp ...................................................3-103
Interior overview...............................................................1-4
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
Label
Refrigerant label .........................................................8-11
Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-39
Tire specification and pressure label..........................8-11
Vehicle certification label...........................................8-10
Lane change signals........................................................3-97
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-86
Lap/shoulder belt ............................................................2-23
Launch control ................................................................5-50
Index
J
L
I-9
LCD display
LCD display modes....................................................3-74
Assist mode ................................................................3-77
Master warning mode.................................................3-77
Quick guide ................................................................3-78
Trip computer mode ...................................................3-76
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.........................................3-76
User settings mode .....................................................3-78
LCD display messages
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning system ............3-71
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse...................................3-67
Check Driver Attention Warning system ...................3-71
Check Electronic Suspension.....................................3-71
Check Forward Collision Avoidance Assist system...3-71
Check haptic steering wheel system ..........................3-70
Check headlight..........................................................3-70
Check headlight LED.................................................3-70
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system ...................3-70
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............3-72
Check shift lever ........................................................3-71
Check Smart Cruise Control System .........................3-72
Check turn signal........................................................3-70
Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator .............................3-67
Engine overheated ......................................................3-69
Key not detected.........................................................3-66
Key not in vehicle ......................................................3-66
Lights mode................................................................3-68
Low fuel .....................................................................3-69
Low key battery..........................................................3-66
Low pressure ..............................................................3-69
Low washer fluid........................................................3-69
Press brake pedal to start engine................................3-66
Press clutch pedal to start engine ...............................3-66
Press START button again .........................................3-66
Press START button with key ....................................3-67
Shift to P.....................................................................3-66
Shift to P or N to start engine ....................................3-66
Shifter System Malfunction .......................................3-71
Sunroof open indicator...............................................3-68
Turn on FUSE SWITCH............................................3-69
Window open indicator ..............................................3-67
Wiper mode ................................................................3-68
LCD display modes ........................................................3-74
Light................................................................................3-92
AFS (Adaptive Front-Lighting System) ....................3-99
Auto light position......................................................3-92
Battery saver function ................................................3-98
Daytime running light (DRL) ....................................3-99
Headlamp delay function ...........................................3-98
Headlamp leveling device ........................................3-100
Headlamp position......................................................3-93
High Beam Assist (HBA) system ..............................3-94
High beam operation ..................................................3-93
Lane change signals ...................................................3-97
Parking lamp position ................................................3-93
Turn signals ................................................................3-97
I
Index
I-10
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-56
Limited slip differential ..................................................5-48
Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-7
Luggage net (holder).....................................................3-145
Main fuse ........................................................................7-51
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-14
Maintenance services ...................................................7-4
Maintenance under severe usage conditions..............7-12
Normal maintenance schedule .....................................7-8
Owner maintenance......................................................7-5
Scheduled maintenance services ..................................7-7
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-39
Maintenance services........................................................7-4
Master warning mode .....................................................3-77
Mirrors ............................................................................3-21
Adjusting the side view mirrors.................................3-28
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) ................................3-21
Folding/Unfolding the side view mirror ....................3-28
Inside rearview mirror................................................3-21
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with HomeLink
®
system
and Genesis Connected Service..............................3-22
Reverse parking aid function .....................................3-30
Side view mirrors .......................................................3-28
Moonroof, see sunroof....................................................3-35
Multi fuse........................................................................7-51
Multimedia system............................................................4-2
Antenna ........................................................................4-3
Audio/Video/Navigation system ..................................4-4
AUX, USB and iPod
®
port ..........................................4-2
Bluetooth
®
Wireless Technology hands-free................4-4
Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3
Occupant Classification System (OCS)..........................2-55
Odometer.........................................................................3-52
Oil (Engine) ....................................................................7-17
Outside temperature gauge .............................................3-52
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
Index
L
M
O
I-11
Paddle shifter ..................................................................5-17
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system ...............3-107
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward)
system ........................................................................3-110
Parking lamp position .....................................................3-93
Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-46
Power brakes...................................................................5-24
Power outlet ..................................................................3-140
Power steering.................................................................3-18
Power window lock switch.............................................3-34
Pre-tensioner seat belt.....................................................2-26
Emergency fastening device.......................................2-26
Retractor pretensioner ................................................2-26
Puddle lamp ..................................................................3-104
Range ..............................................................................3-53
Rear center seat belt........................................................2-26
Rear seat adjustment .......................................................2-10
Armrest.......................................................................2-13
Folding the rear seat...................................................2-10
Rear seat head restraints .................................................2-16
Adjusting the height up and down .............................2-16
Removal/Reinstallation ..............................................2-16
Rear view monitor.........................................................3-113
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-34
Recommended lubricants and capacities..........................8-7
Refrigerant label..............................................................8-11
Removable towing hook .................................................6-28
Replacement light bulb ...................................................7-56
Reverse parking aid function..........................................3-30
Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-121
Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-35
Safety messages................................................................F-6
Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7
Seat belt warning light
Driver's seat ................................................................2-21
Front passenger's seat.................................................2-21
Seat belts .........................................................................2-20
Additional seat belt safety precautions ......................2-29
Care of seat belts ........................................................2-32
Convertible locking retractor .....................................2-25
Do not lie down..........................................................2-31
Emergency locking retractor ......................................2-23
Height adjustment ......................................................2-24
Keep belts clean and dry ............................................2-32
Lap/shoulder belt........................................................2-23
One person per belt ....................................................2-31
I
Index
P
R
S
I-12
Periodic inspection .....................................................2-32
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-26
Rear center seat belt ...................................................2-26
Seat belt safety precautions........................................2-20
Seat belt use and children...........................................2-30
Seat belt use during pregnancy ..................................2-29
Seat belt warning light ...............................................2-21
Transporting an injured person ..................................2-31
When to replace seat belts..........................................2-32
Seat warmers...................................................................2-17
Seats ..................................................................................2-3
Air ventilation seats....................................................2-17
Front seat adjustment ...................................................2-5
Front seat warmers .....................................................2-17
Head restraints............................................................2-13
Rear seat adjustment ..................................................2-10
Rear seat warmers ......................................................2-17
Safety precautions ........................................................2-4
Side air bags....................................................................2-47
Side view mirrors............................................................3-28
Smart cruise control......................................................5-104
Smart high beam .............................................................3-94
Smart key ..........................................................................3-3
Battery replacement......................................................3-7
Locking.........................................................................3-3
Mechanical key ............................................................3-5
Trunk opening ..............................................................3-5
Unlocking .....................................................................3-4
SMART mode .................................................................5-60
Smart phone charging system, see Wireless cellular
phone charging system ..............................................3-141
Smart trunk .....................................................................3-42
Smart ventilation...........................................................3-135
Smooth cornering..........................................................5-122
Snow tires .....................................................................5-124
Spare tire
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-38
Special driving conditions
Driving at night ........................................................5-122
Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-123
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-122
Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-121
Highway driving.......................................................5-123
Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-121
Smooth cornering .....................................................5-122
Speedometer....................................................................3-50
SPORT mode ..................................................................5-62
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ...................6-3
Steering wheel
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-18
Heated steering wheel ................................................3-20
Horn............................................................................3-20
Power steering ............................................................3-18
Tilt steering/Telescope steering..................................3-18
Steering wheel audio controls...........................................4-3
Index
I-13
Storage compartment ....................................................3-136
Center console storage .............................................3-136
Glove box .................................................................3-136
Sunglass holder ........................................................3-137
Sunglass holder .............................................................3-137
Sunroof............................................................................3-35
Sunroof inside air recirculation ....................................3-135
Sunvisor ........................................................................3-139
Surround view monitor .................................................3-115
Tachometer......................................................................3-50
Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-14
Tilt steering/Telescope steering ......................................3-18
Tire chains.....................................................................5-124
Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ................................................6-21
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......................6-8
Tire rotation ....................................................................7-35
Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-11
Tires and wheels .............................................................7-33
Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-35
Compact spare tire replacement .................................7-38
Low aspect ratio tires .................................................7-47
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-34
Tire care......................................................................7-33
Tire maintenance ........................................................7-39
Tire replacement.........................................................7-37
Tire rotation................................................................7-35
Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-39
Tire terminology and definitions................................7-43
Tire traction ................................................................7-38
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-36
Wheel replacement .............................................7-38, 8-4
Towing ............................................................................6-27
Trailer towing................................................................5-134
Trip computer..................................................................3-86
Accumulated Info display ..........................................3-88
Average fuel economy................................................3-86
Digital speedometer....................................................3-89
Driving Info display ...................................................3-88
Instant fuel economy ..................................................3-86
Smart shift ..................................................................3-89
Trunk...............................................................................3-40
Smart trunk.................................................................3-42
Trunk lamp....................................................................3-103
Turn signals.....................................................................3-97
USB charger..................................................................3-141
User settings mode..........................................................3-78
I
Index
T
U
I-14
Vanity mirror lamp........................................................3-103
Vehicle break-in process...................................................F-9
Vehicle certification label ...............................................8-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN)..............................8-10
Vehicle load limit..........................................................5-129
Tire loading information label..................................5-130
Vehicle modification.........................................................F-9
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-42
Vehicle weight and luggage volume.................................8-6
Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-54
Adaptive Front-Lighting System (AFS)
warning light ...........................................................3-61
Air bag warning light .................................................3-55
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light......................3-60
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light ...........3-56
AUTO HOLD indicator light.....................................3-64
Charging system warning light ..................................3-58
COMFORT mode indicator light ...............................3-65
Cruise indicator light..................................................3-65
CUSTOM mode indicator light..................................3-65
ECO mode indicator light ..........................................3-65
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light.............3-57
Electronic brake force warning light..........................3-56
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light..........3-57
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indicator light.....3-62
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF
indicator light ..........................................................3-62
Engine oil pressure warning light ..............................3-58
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system warning light ...............................................3-61
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ...................3-64
High beam indicator light ..........................................3-64
Icy road warning light ................................................3-60
Immobilizer indicator light ........................................3-63
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light...3-61
LED headlamp warning light.....................................3-62
Light ON indicator light.............................................3-64
Low fuel level warning light......................................3-59
Low tire pressure warning light .................................3-60
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL).............................3-58
Master warning light ..................................................3-59
Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ................3-55
Seat belt warning light ...............................................3-54
SMART mode indicator light.....................................3-65
SPORT mode indicator light ......................................3-65
Turn signal indicator light..........................................3-63
Warning light ..................................................................3-54
Washer fluid ....................................................................7-24
Index
V
W
I-15
Welcome system ...........................................................3-100
Headlamp and parking lamp ....................................3-101
Interior lamp.............................................................3-101
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp..........................3-100
Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-36
Wheel replacement .........................................................7-38
Wide sunroof, see sunroof ..............................................3-35
Windows .........................................................................3-31
Auto up/down window...............................................3-32
Automatic reverse ......................................................3-33
Power window lock switch ........................................3-34
Power windows ..........................................................3-31
Resetting the windows ...............................................3-33
Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-131
Windshield washers ......................................................3-106
Windshield wipers.........................................................3-105
Winter driving ...............................................................5-124
Snow tires.................................................................5-124
Tire chains ................................................................5-124
Winter Precautions........................................................5-127
Wiper blades replacement...............................................7-27
Wipers and washers ......................................................3-105
Windshield washers..................................................3-106
Windshield wipers ....................................................3-105
Wireless cellular phone charging system......................3-141
I
Index
